CREDIBLE DEVELOPERS PVT. LIMITED tech/wetransfer-750a5a... · 2019-10-08 · CREDIBLE DEVELOPERS PVT. LIMITED Final Report July 2019 Ref: EIA/01/08/19 EMC PAKISTAN PVT. LTD . 503,

CREDIBLE DEVELOPERS PVT. LIMITED

Final Report July 2019

Ref: EIA/01/08/19

EMC PAKISTAN PVT. LTD. 503, Anum Estate, Opp. Duty Free Shop, Main Shahrah-e-Faisal, Karachi.

Phones: 9221-34311466, 34324680, Fax: 9221-34311467.

E-mail: [email protected], [email protected]

Website: www.emc.com.pk

Environmental Impact Assessment

CREDIBLE TOWERS Mixed-Use Housing Scheme

Disclaimer:

This report has Attorney – Client Privilege. EMC Pakistan Pvt. Ltd has prepared this report in

accordance with the information provided by M/s. Credible Developers Pvt. Limited for their sole and

specific use. Any other person(s) who use any information contained herein do so at their own risk. This

report cannot be used in the court of law for any negotiation or standardization.

© EMC Pakistan Pvt. Ltd. 2019

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Credible Towers – Mixed-use Housing Scheme

Final Report

EMC Pakistan Pvt. Ltd Executive Summary Page 1 of 4

Executive Summary

Presented in this report are the findings of the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study

submitted to the Sindh Environmental Protection Agency for its approval for construction of

mixed-use housing scheme consisting of seven (07) residential towers & one (01) commercial

building (The Project) at Plot No. 350, Deh Safooran, Malir Cantonment, Karachi having total area

of 19,360 Sq.Yds. The assessment was conducted with the following objectives:

Identify the regulatory requirements that apply to project activities in the proposed area, in

the context of environmental protection, health and safety;

Assess proposed project activities in terms of their likely impacts on the environment during

the construction & operation phases of the project, in order to identify issues of

environmental concern; and

Recommend appropriate mitigation measures that can be incorporated into the design of the

project to minimize any adverse environmental impacts identified.

M/s. Credible Developers Pvt. Ltd have successfully executed numerous development projects of

similar nature and magnitude with a strong track record of putting together a state-of-the-art

building and construction technologies. They have, in their business of construction employed

modern management tools and work methodology to implement the project on a fast and right

track. With professionally qualified and competent staff, efficient work force, flexible

organization and a large pool of modern construction equipment & machinery, Credible

Developers Pvt. Ltd has the capability to undertake mixed-use development projects. The design

of the proposed Credible Towers project has been undertaken by a multidisciplinary team of

consultants to address the aspects of building stability, energy needs, resource management,

sustainability, safety & security and compliance of environmental standards.

The proposed project is a mixed-use housing scheme consisting of 07 residential towers & 01

commercial building with the following facilities:

▪ Luxury Apartments of 03, 04- & 05-Bedroom Duplexes with maid room facility.

▪ Provision of shopping mall, food court, prayer hall & outdoor restaurant etc.

▪ Provision of Offices.

▪ Provision of Club Facilities.

The proposed site is located in an under-developed area of Karachi, is adjacent to Gulshan-e-

Umair, which is entirely based on the residential zoning. The project is situated amidst Safoora

Chowrangi and Malir Cantt Check Post No. 6. Currently, the proposed site is a vacant plot free

from all encumbrances as shown in figure 1.1. The microenvironment houses quite a few housing

societies. The site has an access from the University road as well as Jinnah Avenue. The project is

served through Safoora Chowrangi via two roads; one going towards Saadi town and another

going towards check post no. 6, Malir Cantonment. The proposed development will have the

access gate for residential purpose from the local road having one lane; while the access gate for

commercial unit is from the university road, which is going towards Saadi town. This road has

three lanes and pavement condition is also adequate. The built environment has connectivity

with M-9.


Final Report


Figure EX-1: Project Location and present status of Site

▪ The Credible Towers Project will be sited at Plot No. 350, Deh Safooran, Malir Cantonment,

Karachi Project; the site falls in the appropriate category that permits the designated land-use

by the Cantonment Board. The site is thus the only and hence the preferred alternative for

siting the Credible Towers Project.

▪ The ownership of the plot lies with the Credible Developers Pvt. Ltd. Since the proponent is

the rightful owner of the site/commercial Plot, there is no dispute with regard to siting of the

project. To validate their claims on the site and on its being the only and hence the preferred

alternative for establishment of their residential – cum – commercial project, the proponent,


Final Report


Credible Developers has obtained a No Objection Certificate (NOC) from all utility agencies

and height approval from Civil Aviation Authority (CAA).

Figure EX-2: Conceptual view of proposed development

▪ The site is free from any encumbrances and therefore would least likely cause displacement

of population, loss of business and annoyance to the living environment, or disturb the peace

and tranquility of its surroundings. The Project also responds to the need of the segment of

population that is seeking safety, security and improvement in quality of life. Advantage of

this aspect has already been taken by other builders and developers who have gone ahead

with the construction of residential and commercial ventures all along the major roads and

strategic corridors of Karachi. However, densification of the area road does not seem to be

consonant with the demands on infrastructure facilities. The residential plots are housing

large number of unlawful commercial activities such as car showrooms, tuition centers,

offices, ware houses and other such activity centers. They are adding to the burden of

congestion and the utility services.

▪ The macroenvironment has no sensitive areas such as protected sites including wildlife

sanctuaries, game reserves or national parks, or any archaeological, historical or cultural

heritage in its immediate neighborhood; as such its siting would have no sensitivity in this

regard. No significant flora and fauna will be disturbed, as the site is located in the

commercialized area, where no flora and fauna of significance exist.

▪ The project when completed would require about 103,525 gallons per day of potable water

supply and 3.56 MW of electricity. The proposed project is a self-contained building having its

own back-up power generation, water supply supplemented by hyper filtration system and

sewage treatment, grey water recycling and disposal system in addition to provision of

parking space. The relevant authorities have already received the due amount for provision of

utility services and development of the area. They are expected to plan and implement

augmentation of the facilities in advance, otherwise plan for densification would, instead of

facilitating improvement in quality of life, be a burden on the environment.

▪ Option for recycling of the wastewater and regeneration of the potable water from

groundwater resources by adequate treatment may have to be explored since adequate

water supply to the Karachi residents the core areas is not assured despite the fact that the


Final Report


authorities are aware that the needs remain unfulfilled while the exorbitant taxes are

unbearable.

▪ Vehicular traffic management will have to be undertaken seriously to restrain unnecessary

traffic jams that may cause annoyance to the commuters travelling on the roads surrounding

the project. The parking analysis represents that the available parking space is of 457 cars and

248 Motorcycles. Whereas the estimated parking demand is of 773 cars and 822 Motorcycles,

concluding that there is a deficiency of 316 car and 574 MC parking in the facility. The

deficiency is observed in the parking supply, the parking floor will have to be added to cater

the need of parking in the proposed development. It is suggested that three access gates

should be allotted for residential units because in proposed development three zones are

demarcated for residential purpose. While, one access gate at University road (towards

Safoora Chowrangi) should be demarcated for commercial purpose access which is zone D.

▪ Since the project will be generating 614 trips at peak hour, hence to minimalize the traffic

congestion in future on surrounding roads i.e. University Road and towards Jinnah Avenue

road signalized T-Intersection is proposed. The geometry shows that there could be

signalized T-Intersection on Primary roads which leads towards the project.

▪ The emergency staircase will be provided with a system of pressurization air which is

designed in accordance with United States National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) NFPA

92. The Stairwell pressurization and smoke control fans will be linked to the automatic fire

alarm system.

▪ All areas of the building will have automatic sprinklers. The automatic sprinkler system is

designed in accordance with United States National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)

Automatic Sprinkler Code NFPA13 and local code requirements. A combined system is

proposed in accordance with NFPA 14.

▪ With 24-hour security system all over the building the designers have ensured that the

concerns on invasion of privacy are alleviated and eased. The Project would thus achieve its

objective of providing a secure and safe residential cum commercial building at an attractive

location. This being a positive impact would be an indicator of achievement of the objectives

of the Project.

▪ Realizing that the city has overgrown its sustainability limits, it is imperative that the Builders

and Developers take cognizance of the cumulative effect of the current pace of rapid

development. Consequently, each project is required to keep the sustainability principles in

view and go an extra mile beyond the present approach which is confined to bare survival.

Their projects have so far been profit oriented, now they will have to share the profit with

net zero energy and net zero discharge approach in the project design.

▪ Based on the findings of the environmental impact assessment it is concluded that the

environmental impacts of the construction and operation of Credible Towers project are

manageable and can be mitigated by implementing the Environmental Management and

Monitoring Plan which forms an integral part of EIA document. The screening process has

through review of literature, primary as well as secondary baseline data, and expert

judgment, made assessment of the potential impacts of said activities on the physical,

biological, and socioeconomic environment of the Project. Mitigation measures have been

proposed to reduce, minimize or compensate for the identified potential negative impacts

and their adoption has been recommended. The study therefore recommends that the

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) report should be approved with the provision that

the suggested mitigation measures will be adopted and the Environmental Management Plan

will be followed in letter and spirit.

© Copyright CREDIBLE DEVELOPERS (Pvt.) Ltd. 2017

PROJECT CONSULTANT:

CREDIBLE TOWERS, KARACHI


PROJECT CONSULTANT:


OSMANI & COMPANY (PVT.) LTD. Consulting- Engineers – Architects – Planners

KARACHI - ISLAMABAD – RAWALPINDI - FAISALABAD - HYDERABAD - LAHORE - SAUDI ARABIA

MAY, 2017

Consultant:

EMC PAKISTAN

(PVT.) LTD.


PROJECT CONSULTANT:


The Project

Name of the Project: Credible Towers

Location of the Project: Plot No. 350, Deh Safooran, Malir Cantonment, Karachi

Nature of Project: A mixed-use housing scheme consisting of seven (07) residential towers & one (01) commercial building

Name of the Proponent: M/s. Credible Developers Pvt. Ltd

Total area of Plot: 19,360 Sq.Yds.

3


PROJECT CONSULTANT:


MALIR CANTONMENT

RACE COURSE

PRIMARY ROADS

SECONDARY ROADS

SITE

KEY NODES


PROJECT CONSULTANT:


Objectives of Proposed Development

To meet the increasing demand of residential accommodation in

Cantonment Board Malir.

To respond to the need of integrating residential & commercial units

in this part of CBM which has of recent attracted the population

from other towns of Karachi for reasons of safety and security.

To promote development in the Housing Sector which at present is

the only sector of the economy that is providing stimulus to the

economy of the country as a whole and Karachi city in particular.

5


PROJECT CONSULTANT:


Project Categorization

6

Section 17 of the Sindh

Environmental Protection Act

2014, and

SEPA (Review of IEE/EIA)

Regulations 2014

SEPA Regulation 4 (2014)

Schedule-II

Category I(2)

Urban development and tourism -

Residential/commercial high rise

buildings/apartments from15

stories and above.

Justification for EIA Categorization of the Project


PROJECT CONSULTANT:


EIA Methodology

7


PROJECT CONSULTANT:


8

Sindh Environmental Protection Act, 2014

Sindh EPA (Review of IEE and EIA) Regulations 2014

Guidelines for Public Consultation

Sindh Environmental Quality Standards

Sindh Solid Waste Management Board Act, 2014

Disaster Management Act, 2010

Sindh Drinking Water Policy, 2017

Sindh Sanitation Policy, 2016

Sub Soil Water (Extraction and Consumption) Regulations, 2018

Cantonment Board Malir – Bye Laws

Karachi Strategic Development Plan 2020

Civil Aviation Rules, 1994

Building Code of Pakistan, Fire Safety Provisions 2016

Sindh Occupational Safety and Health Bill

IFC General EHS Guidelines

Policy, Legal and Administrative Framework


PROJECT CONSULTANT:


9

Status of NOCs ∕ Approvals

Following NOCs/approvals have been issued by the respective

authorities for the project:

1. NOC for Height Clearance from Civil Aviation Authority

2. NOC from Karachi Water & Sewerage Board

3. NOC from K-Electric

4. NOC from Sui Southern Gas Company Limited

Approval from Sindh Environmental Protection Agency will be a major

milestone for project because Cantonment Board Malir has made it

mandatory for all the builders and developers to obtain approval of

EIA/IEE under Section 17 of SEP Act 2014 from Sindh EPA as a pre-

requisite of getting final approval of the building plan.


PROJECT CONSULTANT:


10



PROJECT CONSULTANT:


11



PROJECT CONSULTANT:


12



PROJECT CONSULTANT:


13



PROJECT CONSULTANT:


14



PROJECT CONSULTANT:


15



PROJECT CONSULTANT:


16



PROJECT CONSULTANT:


17



PROJECT CONSULTANT:


18



PROJECT CONSULTANT:


TO DESIGN A MIXED USE HOUSING SCHEME CONSISTING OF

7 RESIDENTIAL TOWERS & 1 COMMERCIAL BUILDING WITH THE FOLLOWING FACILITIES:-

APARTMENTS OF 3 BEDROOM , 4 BEDROOM & 5 BEDROOM DUPLEXES WITH MAID ROOM FACILITY.

PROVISION OF SHOPPING MALL, FOOD COURT, PRAYER HALL & OUT DOOR RESTAURANT ETC.

PROVISION OF OFFICES.

PROVISION OF CLUB AND HEALTH FACILITIES.

PROJECT BRIEF


PROJECT CONSULTANT:


60’ wide

200’wide

60’ wide

200’wide

PROVIDED SITE PLAN


PROJECT CONSULTANT:


60’ wide

200’wide

200’wide

AMALGAMATED PLAN


PROJECT CONSULTANT:


Set BacksMin. 10’-0” open space from all around the plot.Building Height/FAR:Commercial Plots:

39 (b)I. For plots upto the 1000 Sq.yds & above an open space of 10’0”Shall be left from all around the plot with a maximum built up area with ratio of 1:6.III. Plot ratio of 1:6 shall be allowed without any restriction of number of storeys.

BY-LAWS / COMPULSORY OPEN SPACES (COS)

CANTONMENT BOARD MALIR

Ground coverage w.r.t. Floor Area Ratio (FAR):Plot area = 174,240 sft (19,360 sq. yds.)FAR 1:6 =1,045,440 sft (116160 sq.yds)


PROJECT CONSULTANT:


SITE PLAN

60’ wide roadTOWARDS JINNAH AVENUE RD

TOWARDS RACE COURSE

COMMERCIAL BUILDING

5 BED APARTMENT TOWERS (TYPE-A)

4 BED APARTMENT TOWERS (TYPE-B)

3 BED APARTMENT TOWERS (TYPE-C)


PROJECT CONSULTANT:


MASTER PLAN

60’ wide road60’ wide

CLINIC

TOWARDS JINNAH AVENUE RD TOWARDS RACE COURSE

5 BED DUPLEX 4 BED 3 BED

COMMERCIAL BUILDING


PROJECT CONSULTANT:


MASTER PLAN

60’ wide road

ZONE A

60’ wide

ZONE D

CLINIC

TOWARDS JINNAH AVENUE RD TOWARDS RACE COURSE

ZONE B ZONE C


PROJECT CONSULTANT:


RESIDENTIAL BLOCK


PROJECT CONSULTANT:


AREA;

DUPLEX APARTMENT (ZONE – A)

LOWER FLOOR PLAN

KEY PLAN

• 3-BED WITH DRESS / BATH• DRAWING & DINING ROOM• LOUNGE• KITCHEN & DIRTY KITCHEN• LAUNDRY AREA• SERVANT/MAID ROOM WITH TOILET• STORE AND SERVICE BALCONY

SALIENT FEATURES

• AREA OF FLAT ------------- 1753 SFT


PROJECT CONSULTANT:


AREA;

DUPLEX APARTMENT (ZONE – A)

UPPER FLOOR PLAN (OPTION -1)

KEY PLAN

• 3-BED WITH DRESS / BATH & TERRACE• LOUNGE• KITCHEN / PANTRY• LAUNDRY AREA• STORE AND SERVICE BALCONY

SALIENT FEATURES

• AREA OF FLAT --------------------------------- 1653 SFT• TOTAL AREA WITH LOWER FLOOR -------- 3400 SFT


PROJECT CONSULTANT:


4 – BED APARTMENTS TOWER (ZONE – B)


PROJECT CONSULTANT:



PROJECT CONSULTANT:


BATH6’ X 9’

TYPICAL FLOOR PLAN (APARTMENT)

KEY PLAN

AREA;

• 4-BED WITH DRESS / BATH & TERRACE• LOUNGE• KITCHEN / PANTRY• LAUNDRY AREA• STORE AND SERVICE BALCONY• MAID ROOM WITH BATH• DRAWING / DINNING AREA

SALIENT FEATURES

• AREA OF FLAT --------------------------------- 2554 SFT

4 – BED APARTMENTS TOWER (ZONE – B)

BED ROOM11’-0” X 15’-0”

BED ROOM11’-0” X 14’-0”

M.BED ROOM13’-0” X 19’-6”

DRAWING / DINNING AREA23’-0” X 12’-6”

BED ROOM12’-0” X 14’-0”

LAUNDRY8’-6” X 6’-6”

BATH6’ X 10’

ST:4’ X 7’

LOUNGE 12’-0” X 24’-0”

TERR

AC

E

G. KIT:9’-0” X 6’-6”

BATH6’ X 9’

ST:4’ X 7’

KITCHEN13’-0” X 9’-6”

DRESS/ BATH12’-6” X 6’-0”

MAID ROOM9’-6” X 6’-6”

BATH4’ X 6’-6”

BATH4’ X 6”6”

5’-

0 W

IDE

PASS

AG

E


PROJECT CONSULTANT:


3 – BED APARTMENTS TOWER (ZONE – C)


PROJECT CONSULTANT:



PROJECT CONSULTANT:


BATH6’ X 10’


KEY PLAN

AREA;

• 3-BED WITH DRESS / BATH & TERRACE• LOUNGE• KITCHEN / PANTRY• LAUNDRY AREA• STORE AND SERVICE BALCONY• MAID ROOM WITH BATH• DRAWING / DINNING AREA

SALIENT FEATURES

• AREA OF FLAT --------------------------------- 2230 SFT

3 – BED APARTMENTS TOWER (ZONE – C)

LOUNGE12’-0” X 24’-6”

M. BED ROOM13’-0” X 19’-6”

BATH6’ X 9’

BATH6’ X 9’

DUCT6’ X 4’-6”

BED ROOM11’-0” X 14’-0”

BED ROOM11’-0” X 15’-0”

LAUNDRY8’-6” X 6’-6”

G. KITCHEN9’-0” X 6’-6”

KITCHEN9’-6” X 13’-0”

MAID ROOM12’-6” X 6’-0”

TOILET6’-6” X 6’

POWD:6’-6” X 6’ DRAWING & DINNING AREA

23’-0” X 12’-0”

5’ W

IDE PA

SSAG

E

TERR

AC

E


PROJECT CONSULTANT:


ZONE A ZONE BZONE C

ZONE D


PROJECT CONSULTANT:


COMMERCIAL TOWER ZONE D


PROJECT CONSULTANT:


COMMERCIAL TOWER

BASEMENT (PARKING & STORE AREA) GROUND FLOOR (COMMERCIAL) 1ST FLOOR (COMMERCIAL) 2ND FLOOR (FOOD COURTS) 3RD FLOOR (OFFICES, HALLS & LOBBY) FROM 4TH TO 15TH (APARTMENTS)

FLOORS DISTRIBUTION:


PROJECT CONSULTANT:


G.F NET AREA

= 27,471.83 SFT

GROUND FLOOR PLAN

60’-0” WIDE ROAD

60’-0” WIDE ROAD


PROJECT CONSULTANT:


FIRST FLOOR PLAN

G.F NET AREA

= 31,360.00 SFT


PROJECT CONSULTANT:



3 BED 3 BED

3 BED 3 BED

MALL BELOW

OPEN TO

SKY

OPEN TO

SKY


PROJECT CONSULTANT:


COMMERCIAL TOWERTYPICAL APARTMENT FLOOR PLAN

2-BED APARTME

NT

2-BED APARTME

NT

FLOOR NET AREA = 8,063 SFT.

CIRCULATION AREA = 1,908.58 SFT.

SERVICE AREA = 786 SFT.

TOTAL = 10,757 SFT.

FLOOR NET AREA = 8,063

SFT.

CIRCULATION AREA = 1,908.58

SFT.

SERVICE AREA = 786

SFT.

TOTAL = 10,757

SFT.

BED ROOM11’-0” X 12’-0”

BED ROOM11’-0” X 12’-0”

BATH6’-0” X 7’-0”

LOUNGE12’-0” X 12’-0”

BATH4’-6” X 7’-0”

KITCHENETTE6’-0” X 5’-0”

STORE4’-6” X 4’-0”

TYPICAL STUDIO APARTMENT

AREA OF STUDIO = 538 SFT


PROJECT CONSULTANT:


AREA/ PARKING CALCULATIONS


PROJECT CONSULTANT:


BUILDING AREA CALCULATIONS

S.NO APARTMENT AREA

Type Wise

NO. OF

APARTMENTS/FLOOR

NO OF TOWERS/

TYPE-WISE

NO OF FLOORS Total Area of

Residential

Towers 1st-15th

1 3 Bed tower (Type - C)

2230.25 SFT 4 3 12 402,497 SFT

2 4 Bed tower (Type - B)

2549 SFT 4 2 12 304,571 SFT

3 5 BEDROOM DUPLEX (TYPE-A)

3523 SFT 4 2 7 (14) 209,158 SFT

A. GROSS TOTAL AREA (1+2+3) 916,227 SFT

*APARTMENT AREA X NO. OF APARTMENTS/FLOOR X NO OF TOWERS X NO OF FLOORS = TOTAL AREA

A. APARTMENTS TOTAL FLOOR AREAS : 904,613 SFT

B. Ground floor (Amenities) Gross Area : 32,585 SFT

C. Commercial Building Total Gross Area : 92,737 SFT

Grand Total A+B+C = 1,041,548 SFT

ALLOWABLE AREA 1:6 = 1,041,551 SFT


PROJECT CONSULTANT:


Total No Of Apartments:

ITEMS AREA OF FLOOR NO. OF FLOORS NO. OF FLATS

TOWER(COMMERCIAL)

10,757 SFT 12 100

3-BED APARTMENTS 11,180 SFT 12 180

4-BED APARTMENTS 12,690 SFT 12 120

5-BED DUPLEX APARTMENTS

8714 SFT (7)14 56

TOTAL 456


PROJECT CONSULTANT:


PARKING BYLAWS cantonment board malir page 16 chapter 5


PROJECT CONSULTANT:


PARKING CALCULATIONS: ITEMS AREA OF APARTMENT NO. OF FLATS REQUIRED PARKING

(BYLAWS)PARKING (PROVIDED)

TOWER (COMMERCIAL)

I. Type D 2 BED- 80 ( 586SFT)

II. TYPE E 2 BED-10 (1330)III. TYPE F 2 BED-10

(1411sft)

10,757 SFT 100 20 100

3-BED APARTMENTS 2230.25 SFT 180 180 180

4-BED APARTMENTS 2549 SFT 120 120 143

5-BED APARTMENTS 3523 SFT 56 56 79

TOTAL 456 376 502

PROVIDED TOTAL PARKING: ITEMS CARS BIKES

(COMMERCIAL MALL @2500 sft car/) 55 CARS PARKING 248 BIKES PARKING

RESIDENTIAL 502 CAR PARKING

Motor bikes 306 BIKES PARKING @= 77 CARS PARKING

TOTAL PARKING 634 CARS PARKING


PROJECT CONSULTANT:


SUSTAINABLE MEASURE


PROJECT CONSULTANT:


Construction with insulated Hollow Blocks

Maintenance Free finishing materials.

Weather shield Reflective Paint

Passive Cooling with Efficient Orientation of

building.

Aluminum Windows with Double Glazing

LED Lighting

Grey Water Recycling system

Building roof tops with Renewable Energy system

SUSTAINABLE DESIGN CONCEPTADAPTATION OF SMART BASE CONCEPT


PROJECT CONSULTANT:


Smart Infrastructure

Optimized Routes N+M Protection

Smart Security Video Analytics Least Human Interaction Forensic Lab

Smart Mobility UbiquitousInteractive

SmartEducation

Cloud Computing Flexible Courses Design

Smart Technology

Futuristic Technology Scalable

SMART SECURITY

SMART MOBILITY

SMART EDUCATION

SMART TECHNOLOGY

SMART INFRA-STRUCTURE

SUSTAINABLE DESIGN CONCEPTSMART BASE CONCEPT


PROJECT CONSULTANT:


Daylight & Views

To ensure connectivity between the interior and the exterior

environment, by providing good day-lighting.

A combination of side-lighting(windows and glazing in

façade) and top-lighting(skylight and atrium) to achieve a

total day-lighting zone for 75% of the regularly occupied

spaces

Planning & Design of project should have planned voids & corners to enhance penetration of daylight.


PROJECT CONSULTANT:


12% improved building performance

from the baseline standard by using

• LEDs,

• Energy Management Systems,

• Efficient lighting,

•.

SUSTAINABILITY DESIGN CONCEPTOPTIMIZE ENERGY

PERFORMANCE


PROJECT CONSULTANT:


Reduce the demand

for irrigation water

through water-

efficient

management

techniques.

Treat 100% waste

water on-site

SUSTAINABILITY DESIGN CONCEPTINNOVATIVE WASTEWATER

TECHNOLOGY


PROJECT CONSULTANT:


Promote self sufficiency in energy

through renewable technologies for on-

site power generation and use within the

building.

Using on-site renewable energy through

Photo-voltaic panels on the roof and

vertical screens on façade

SUSTAINABILITY DESIGN CONCEPT ON-SITE RENEWABLE ENERGY


PROJECT CONSULTANT:


DIVERT 50% FROM DISPOSAL

Diversion of construction waste from disposal

in landfills by recycling cardboard, metal, brick,

mineral fiber panel, concrete, plastic, clean

wood, glass etc.

SUSTAINABILITY DESIGN CONCEPTCONSTRUCTION WASTE

MANAGEMENT

“THIS IS VERY EASY TO INCORPORATE WITHIN GARBAGE CHUTE COLLECTION POINT THAT HAD BEEN INCORPORATED IN OUR PROPOSAL”.


PROJECT CONSULTANT:


BMS (Building Management Systems)

BMS is a micro-processor based system which centralizes

and simplifies…

• controlling

• monitoring

• operation

• management

BMS also known as a building automation system (BAS), is

a computer-based control system installed in buildings that

controls and monitors the building’s mechanical and

electrical equipment such as ventilation, lighting, power

systems, fire systems, and security systems. Building

management systems are most commonly implemented in

large projects with extensive mechanical, HVAC, electrical

systems. Systems linked to a BMS typically represent 40%

of a building's energy usage; if lighting is included, this

number approaches to 70%. BMS systems are a critical

component to managing energy demand.


PROJECT CONSULTANT:


BMS (Building Management Systems)


PROJECT CONSULTANT:


CONCEPTUAL 3D VIEW (COMMERCIAL BUILDING)


PROJECT CONSULTANT:


COMMERCIAL BUILDING3D VIEW

DESIGN PROJECTS- B


PROJECT CONSULTANT:


CONCEPTUAL 3D VIEW ZONE WISE


PROJECT CONSULTANT:


FRONT ELEVATION FROM 60’ WIDE ROAD

DESIGN PROJECTS- B


PROJECT CONSULTANT:


FRONT ELEVATION Duplex (ZONE A)


PROJECT CONSULTANT:


FRONT ELEVATION 4 BED (ZONE B)


PROJECT CONSULTANT:


FRONT ELEVATION 3 BED (ZONE C)


PROJECT CONSULTANT:


FRONT ELEVATION Duplex (ZONE A)ALTERNATE


PROJECT CONSULTANT:


FRONT ELEVATION 4 BED (ZONE B)ALTERNATE


PROJECT CONSULTANT:


FRONT ELEVATION 3 BED (ZONE C)ALTERNATE


PROJECT CONSULTANT:


UTILITY AND INFRA STRUCTURE


PROJECT CONSULTANT:



PROJECT CONSULTANT:



PROJECT CONSULTANT:


NOTE: WASTE WATER IS CALCULATED AT 90% OF WATER SUPPLY OF WHICH 50% WILL BE TREATED GRAY WATER USED FOR LANDSCAPING

Water Consumption Parameters:

DEMAND CALCULATION IS BASED

ON OCCUPANCY OF 1836 PERSON


PROJECT CONSULTANT:


72

LOCATION OF WATER TREATMENT PLANT AT BASEMENT 2


PROJECT CONSULTANT:


73

LOCATION OF WASTE WATER TREATMENT PLANT AT BASEMENT 1 (90,000 GPD)


PROJECT CONSULTANT:


Fire Hazards & Life Safety

Fire incidents in high-rise buildings have garnered significant

attention in the fire safety over the years.

The proposed building will have active systems to provide a

comprehensive fire detection and management system in

line with the overall fire and life safety strategy.


Final Report

EMC Pakistan Pvt. Ltd Contents

CONTENTS

Chapter 1 Introduction 1 of 9

1.1 Project Overview 1 of 7

1.2 Objectives of Project 4 of 7

1.3 Need for EIA 4 of 7

1.4 Methodology Adopted for EIA 5 of 7

1.5 Structure of EIA Report 7 of 7

1.6 EIA Study Team 7 of 7

Chapter 2 Policy, Legal & Administrative Framework 1 of 16

2.1 Sindh Environmental Protection Act, 2014 2 of 16

2.2 Sindh EPA (Review of IEE and EIA) Regulations 2014 4 of 16

2.3 Guidelines for Public Consultation 4 of 16

2.4 Sindh Environmental Quality Standards 5 of 16

2.5 Sindh Prohibition of Child Employment Act, 2017 8 of 16

2.6 Archaeological Relics 8 of 16

2.7 Cutting of Trees (Prohibition) Act, 1975 and The Protection of Trees and Bush

Wood Act, 1949 9 of 16

2.8 Pakistan Panel Code, 1860 (PPC) 9 of 16

2.9 Sindh Solid Waste Management Board Act, 2014 9 of 16

2.10 Disaster Management Act, 2010 9 of 16

2.11 Sindh Drinking Water Policy, 2017 10 of 16

2.12 Sindh Sanitation Policy, 2016 11 of 16

2.13 Sub Soil Water (Extraction and Consumption) Regulations, 2018 12 of 16

2.14 Cantonment Board Malir – Bye Laws 12 of 16

2.15 Karachi Strategic Development Plan 2020 13 of 16

2.16 Civil Aviation Rules, 1994 14 of 16

2.17 Building Code of Pakistan, Fire Safety Provisions 2016 14 of 16

2.18 Sindh Occupational Safety and Health Bill 15 of 16

2.19 IFC General EHS Guidelines 16 of 16

Chapter 3 Description of Project 1 of 21

3.1 The Project 1 of 21

3.2 Status of Approvals 1 of 21

3.3 Construction & Commissioning 14 of 21

3.3.1 Construction Schedule 14 of 21

3.3.2 Pre-Construction/Design Phase 14 of 21


Final Report


3.3.3 Construction Activities 14 of 21

3.4 Plumbing & Electrical System 16 of 21

3.4.1 Plumbing System 16 of 21

3.4.2 Electrical & Allied Works 20 of 21

3.4.3 Gas Supplies 21 of 21

Chapter 4 Description of Environmentl 1 of 49

4.1 Description of Physical Environment 2 of 49

4.1.1 Geology, Geomorphology and Soil 2 of 49

4.1.2 Seismicity 5 of 49

4.1.3 Liquefaction Features Caused by Earthquake 8 of 49

4.2 Meteorology and Climate 9 of 49

4.2.1 Temperature 9 of 49

4.2.2 Precipitation 11 of 49

4.2.3 Humidity 13 of 49

4.2.4 Wind Speed & Direction 14 of 49

4.2.5 Urban Heat Island (UHI) Effect 15 of 49

4.2.6 Impact of Climate Change - Karachi 16 of 49

4.3 Ambient Air Quality & Noise 19 of 49

4.4 Water Resources, Water Quality and Drainage 26 of 49

4.4.1 Water Quality 36 of 49

4.4.2 Storm Water Drainage 40 of 49

4.5 Ecology 42 of 49

4.6 Description of Socio-Economic Environment 42 of 49

4.6.1 Macro Environment of The City Karachi District 42 of 49

4.6.2 Administrative Division 42 of 49

4.6.3 Land Use 43 of 49

4.6.4 Road Network Infrastructure 43 of 49

4.6.5 Demography 44 of 49

4.6.6 Households and Average Household Size in Karachi 46 of 49

4.6.7 Economic and Livelihood Conditions 46 of 49

4.6.8 Health Facilities 46 of 49

4.6.9 Education 48 of 49

4.6.10 Solid Waste Management 48 of 49

4.6.11 Traffic 48 of 49

4.6.12 Utilities 49 of 49


Final Report


Chapter 5 Stakeholders Engagement, Screening of Potential Impacts & Proposed

Mitigation Measures 1 of 25

5.1 Introduction 1 of 25

5.2 Screening of Potential Environmental Aspects raised by Stakeholders 1 of 25

5.3.1 Concerns & Observations raised in Scoping Meeting 2 of 25

5.3.2 Concerns & Observations raised during the ‘Neighbourhood Survey’ 4 of 25

5.3 Screening of Environmental Aspects related to Siting of Project 6 of 25

5.4 Assessment of Impacts at the Construction and Operation stages of Credible

Towers Project 7 of 25

5.4.1 Demolition of Structure(s) 7 of 25

5.4.2 Building Stability 7 of 25

5.4.3 Erosion of Soil 7 of 25

5.4.4 Excavation 8 of 25

5.4.5 Construction Waste 8 of 25

5.4.6 Topography and Geology 9 of 25

5.4.7 Air Quality 9 of 25

5.4.8 Construction Noise 10 of 25

5.4.9 Water Sourcing 11 of 25

5.4.10 Soil Contamination 11 of 25

5.4.11 Wastewater Generation & Disposal 12 of 25

5.4.12 Solid Waste Generation and Management 12 of 25

5.4.13 Operation of Vehicular Traffic 14 of 25

5.4.14 Seismic Hazards 19 of 25

5.4.15 Fire Hazards and Life Safety 19 of 25

5.4.16 Energy use 20 of 25

5.4.17 Materials Selection 21 of 25

5.4.18 Disturbance to Wildlife 21 of 25

5.4.19 Potential Impacts on Socio-economic Environment 21 of 25

5.4.20 Cultural Resources 23 of 25

5.4.21 Land-use and Aesthetics 23 of 25

5.4.22 Impacts Rating 24 of 25

Chapter 6 Environmental Management Plan (EMP) 1 of 36

6.1 Introduction 1 of 36

6.1.1 General 1 of 36

6.1.2 Objectives 1 of 36

6.2 Structure of the EMP 2 of 36

6.3 Legislation and Guidelines 2 of 36


Final Report


6.4 Organizational Structure and Roles and Responsibilities 2 of 36

6.4.1 Organizational Structure 2 of 36

6.4.2 Roles and Responsibilities 2 of 36

6.5 Maintenance of the EMP 5 of 36

6.6 Environmental Health and Safety Management System 5 of 36

6.6.1 Health and Safety during Construction Phase 5 of 36

6.6.2 Health and Safety during Operation Phase 6 of 36

6.7 Emergency Response Plan 6 of 36


6.7.2 Emergency Response Manuals 6 of 36

6.8 Standard Operating Procedures (During Construction phase) 6 of 36

6.8.1 Wastewater/ Storm water management 6 of 36

6.8.2 Solid Waste Management Plan 8 of 36

6.8.3 Air and Noise Emissions 10 of 36

6.9 Standard Operating Procedures (During Operational Phase) 12 of 36

6.9.1 Wastewater Management 12 of 36

6.9.2 Solid Waste Management Plan 14 of 36

6.9.3 Air and Noise Emissions 16 of 36

6.10 Environmental Compliance Reporting, Documentation and Trainings 17 of 36

6.11 Mitigation Management Matrix 18 of 36

6.12 Environmental Monitoring Programme 19 of 36

6.12.1 Compliance Monitoring 19 of 36

6.12.2 Effects Monitoring 19 of 36

6.12.3 Environmental Reporting 19 of 36

6.13 Change Management Plan 20 of 36

6.13.1 Changes to the EMP 20 of 36

6.13.2 Changes to the Operation 20 of 36

6.14 Training Programme 21 of 36


6.14.2 Roles and Responsibilities 21 of 36

6.14.3 Training Programme 21 of 36

Chapter 7 Conclusion 21 of 36


Final Report


Annexure:

(i) Sindh Environmental Protection Act 2014

(ii) SEPA (Review of IEE/EIA) Regulations 2014

(iii) Sindh Environmental Quality Standards

(iv) The Sindh Occupational Safety and Health Bill, 2017

(v) Traffic Circulation Plan

(vi) NOCs


Final Report

EMC Pakistan Pvt. Ltd Chapter – 1: Introduction Page 1 of 7

Chapter 1 Introduction

Name of the Project: Credible Towers

Location of the Project: Plot No. 350, Deh Safooran, Malir Cantonment, Karachi

Nature of Project: A mixed-use housing scheme consisting of seven (07)

residential towers & one (01) commercial building

Name of the Proponent: M/s. Credible Developers Pvt. Ltd

Contact: Elahi Arcade, Plot No. H-3/A, Sector No. 5,

Road No. 3000, EBM Causeway, Korangi Industrial Area,

Karachi Sindh 74900

Name of Environmental Consultant: EMC Pakistan Pvt. Ltd

Contact: Syed Nadeem Arif/Saquib Ejaz Hussain

Project Director/Project Manager

EMC Pakistan Private Limited

Office # 503, Anum Estate Building,

Main Shahrah-e-Faisal, Opp. Duty Free Shop, Karachi

Tel: (+92-21) 34311466; Fax: (+92-21) 34311467

E-mail: [email protected], [email protected]

Presented in this report are the findings of the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study

submitted to the Sindh Environmental Protection Agency for its approval for construction of

mixed-use housing scheme consisting of seven (07) residential towers & one (01) commercial

building (The Project) at Plot No. 350, Deh Safooran, Malir Cantonment, Karachi having total area

of 19,360 Sq.Yds.

M/s. Credible Developers Pvt. Ltd have successfully executed numerous development projects of

similar nature and magnitude with a strong track record of putting together a state-of-the-art

building and construction technologies. They have, in their business of construction employed

modern management tools and work methodology to implement the project on a fast and right

track. With professionally qualified and competent staff, efficient work force, flexible

organization and a large pool of modern construction equipment & machinery, Credible

Developers Pvt. Ltd has the capability to undertake mixed-use development projects. The design

of the proposed Credible Towers project has been undertaken by a multidisciplinary team of

consultants to address the aspects of building stability, energy needs, resource management,

sustainability, safety & security and compliance of environmental standards.

1.1 Project Overview

The proposed project is a mixed-use housing scheme consisting of 07 residential towers & 01

commercial building with the following facilities:

▪ Luxury Apartments of 03, 04- & 05-Bedroom Duplexes with maid room facility.

▪ Provision of shopping mall, food court, prayer hall & outdoor restaurant etc.

▪ Provision of Offices.

▪ Provision of Club Facilities.

The proposed site is located in an under-developed area of Karachi, is adjacent to Gulshan-e-

Umair, which is entirely based on the residential zoning. The project is situated amidst Safoora


Final Report


Chowrangi and Malir Cantt Check Post No. 6. Currently, the proposed site is a vacant plot free

from all encumbrances as shown in figure 1.1. The microenvironment houses quite a few housing

societies. The site has an access from the University road as well as Jinnah Avenue. The project is

served through Safoora Chowrangi via two roads; one going towards Saadi town and another

going towards check post no. 6, Malir Cantonment. The proposed development will have the

access gate for residential purpose from the local road having one lane; while the access gate for

commercial unit is from the university road, which is going towards Saadi town. This road has

three lanes and pavement condition is also adequate. The built environment has connectivity

with M-9.

Figure 1.1: Project Location and present status of site


Final Report


Figure 1.2: Conceptual view of proposed development


Final Report


1.2 Objectives of Project

In launching on the Project: Credible Towers, the Credible Developers Pvt. Ltd aims to achieve the

following objectives:

▪ To provide an organized residential cum commercial structure conducive to the current

demand of fast degrading environment;

▪ To promote development in the Housing Sector which at present is among the worthwhile

contributors to the growth of GDP;

▪ To meet the increasing demand of commercial and residential accommodation in urban

Karachi.;

▪ Respond to the need of integrating residential & commercial units in this part of Malir

Cantonment which has of recent attracted the population from other towns of Karachi in

response to commercial needs.

1.3 Need for EIA

The EIA study is a mandatory requirement under the provisions of Sindh Environmental

Protection Act 2014 and the rules made thereunder. Sindh Environmental Protection Act, 2014

under section 17 (1) mandatorily requires proponent of project to file an IEE or EIA, as the case

may be, and obtain approval from the SEPA before commencing construction or operation of the

project. Section 17 (1) of the 2014 Act is reproduced herein under for ready reference:

“17. (1) No proponent of a project shall commence construction or operation unless he

has filed with the agency an initial environmental examination or environmental impact

assessment and has obtained from the Agency.”

Sindh Environmental Protection Agency (Review of IEE/EIA) Regulations, 2014 (“2014

Regulations”) made in exercise of powers conferred under section 37 of the Act 2014 categorizes

projects in three categories provided in Schedule I, II and III of the 2014 Regulations. Projects

have been classified on the basis of expected degree of adverse environmental impact. Project

types listed in Schedule II of the regulations are designated as potentially seriously damaging to

the environment and require EIA, and those listed in Schedule I as having potentially less adverse

effects and require an IEE.

The proposed project falls in category I (2) of the Schedule II (List of Projects requiring EIA) of the

2014 Regulations, which provides:

I. Urban development and tourism

(1) …………

(2) Residential/commercial high-rise buildings/apartments from 15 stories and above.

Accordingly, the requirement of an EIA study is justified in view of the project of the plot area:

2000 sq. yds and the number of storeys > 14. It is therefore necessary to prepare a detailed

account of environmental impact of the proposed high-rise development so that appropriate

interventions could be taken. This assessment focuses on various parameters covering all

environmental & social issues including building stability, water & waste water management,


Final Report


sewage treatment plant, source of water, depth of ground water, solid waste management,

traffic management, adequacy of parking area, safety & security, nearest sensitive

zones/receptors and overall settlement density. The plan seeks to define the project in a holistic

manner and suggest possible mitigation measures for development. It has been learnt that

through early planning before the start of the project as well as through all phases of the

project’s development, if environmental concerns are considered simultaneously with other

technical and economic criteria, it may be possible to develop the housing projects with the

safeguard of environmental & socioeconomic resources of the area.

The assessment was conducted with the following objectives:

Identify the regulatory requirements that apply to project activities in the proposed area, in

the context of environmental protection, health and safety;

Assess proposed project activities in terms of their likely impacts on the environment during

the construction & operation phases of the project, in order to identify issues of

environmental concern; and

Recommend appropriate mitigation measures that can be incorporated into the design of the

project to minimize any adverse environmental impacts identified.

1.4 Methodology Adopted for EIA

This environmental impact assessment was conducted in the following manner:

1. Scoping

A scoping exercise was undertaken to identify the potential issues that are to be considered in

the environmental impact assessment.

The scoping exercise included the following tasks:

Data Compilation: A generic description of the proposed activities relevant to this

environmental assessment was compiled with the help of the Project Proponent.

Review of Published literature: All available published and unpublished information

pertaining to the micro and macro environment of the study area was obtained and

reviewed. It included the earlier studies conducted in the study area, environmental & social

baseline and impact assessment studies conducted by different consultants in past.

Secondary data was very helpful in understanding the issues that were identified by other

consultants.

Review of applicable Legislation: Information on relevant legislation, regulations, guidelines,

and standards was reviewed and compiled.

Identification of potential impacts: The information collected in the above procedures was

reviewed and potential environmental issues identified.

Initial site visit: An initial site visit was conducted to get an overview of site conditions and

the surrounding areas.

Stakeholder consultation: A stakeholder consultation was undertaken to document the

concerns of the local community & other stakeholders, and to identify issues that may

require additional assessment in order to address these concerns.


Final Report


2. Review of Legislation and Guidelines

National & Provincial legislations, environmental guidelines, and best industry practices were

reviewed to set environmental standards that Credible Developers Pvt. Ltd will be required to

follow during different stages of the project. Sindh Environmental Protection Act 2014, Sindh

EIA/IEE Regulations 2014 and Sectoral Guidelines for Housing were the basic guiding documents

used during the study.

3. Baseline Data Collection

Detailed environmental baseline surveys were conducted to collect primary data on the Project

Area to help identify sensitive receptors. The primary data were examined and compared with

secondary data available from earlier environmental studies in the region. The scope of survey

included collection of information on following key aspects:

Climate and Rainfall

Air Quality

Noise Quality

Topography

Soil

Geology

Hydrology

Vegetation

Fauna

Socioeconomic resources

4. Identification of Aspects

Identification of environmental aspects and their significance is fundamentally important for

determination of severity of incidence of impacts at different stages of the project. This step is

aimed at obtaining an inventory of the aspects. The aspects identified during this step cover all

activities during construction and operation, in order to determine those which have or can have

significant impact on the environment.

5. Impact Assessment & EMP

Environmental experts at EMC analyzed and assessed the anticipated impacts that are likely to

arise due to the identified aspects. Each of the potential impacts identified during the scoping

session was evaluated using the environmental, socioeconomic, & project information collected.

In general, the impact assessment discussion covers the following aspects:

Present baseline conditions

Potential change in environmental parameters likely to be affected by Project related

activities

Prediction of potential impacts

Evaluation of the likelihood and significance of potential impacts

Defining of mitigation measures to reduce impacts to as low as practicable

Prediction of any residual impacts, including all long and short-term, direct and indirect, and

beneficial and adverse impacts

Monitoring of residual impacts.

Environmental Management Plan (EMP) was compiled and included in the environmental

assessment report to make it more comprehensive & self-sustaining with the specific purpose of

providing working guidelines for the project Proponent and Management personnel who shall be

responsible for the construction and operations of the project, so as to enable them to maintain

the environmental and social conditions in conformity with the SEPA regulations.


Final Report


The management plan outlines the details required to manage environmental, safety and

community risks arising from the project activities as well as social issues. It also gives the details

of monitoring that would be required during the operation phase of the project in order to

comply with the requirements of sustainable development.

6. Preparation of Report

This EIA report has been prepared in accordance with the guidelines of the Pakistan

Environmental Protection Agency (PEPA) and Sindh Environmental Protection Agency (SEPA). All

pre-requisites of report writing in structural format, contents and presentation have been

considered and met as per the standard format of the EIA document.

1.5 Structure of EIA Report

The EIA report has been structured on the standard format, prescribed by the Sindh

Environmental Protection Agency (SEPA). The report has been presented in the following

sections:

Section 1 - Introduction to Project and EIA Processes

Section 2 - Description of Project

Section 3 - Overview of National and Provincial Legislation & Guidelines relevant to the project

Section 4 - Description of Environment of Project Area

Section 5 - Stakeholders Consultation, Screening of Environmental and Proposed Mitigation

Measures

Section 6 - Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan (EMP)

Section 7 - Conclusion and Recommendations

1.6 EIA Study Team

The study was assigned to Environmental Management Consultant (EMC) Pakistan Private

Limited. EMC organized the following team to carry out the study:

Table 1.1: EIA Study Team

S.# Name Position

1. Engr. Syed Nadeem Arif Project Director

2. Saquib Ejaz Hussain Project Manager / ESIA Specialist

3. Dr. Lekhraj Kella Senior Ecologist

4. Engr. Dr. Mansoor A.H. Imam Senior Urban Planning & Waste Management Expert

5. Engr. Sameem Ul Islam Senior Traffic Engineer

6. Engr. Sohaib Tariq Environmental Engineer

7. Mr. Irfan Bashir Environmental Scientist

8. Khurram Shams Khan Sociologist

9. Mr. Waqar Alam Hydrogeologist

10. Mr. Muhammad Haseeb Environmental Specialist


Final Report

EMC Pakistan Pvt. Ltd Chapter – 2: Policy, Legal and Administrative Framework Page 1 of 16

Chapter 2 Policy, Legal & Administrative Framework

The Constitution of Pakistan contains provisions for environmental protection & resource

conservation. There are two fundamental rights that are directly relevant for environmental

issues.

The first is Article 9 of the Constitution, which provides:

“No person shall be deprived of life or liberty save in accordance with law”.

The second is Article 14, which makes the dignity of a man a fundamental right.

The Supreme Court in landmark judgment in the case of Shehla Zia and others vs WAPDA (1994)

referred to both these Articles and laid down the foundation of modern environmental law in

Pakistan in the following terms:

“The word ‘life’ in the constitution has not been used in a limited manner. A wide

meaning should be given to enable a man not only to sustain life but to enjoy it.

Under our Constitution, Article 14 provides that the dignity of man and subject to

law the privacy of home shall be inviolable. The fundamental right to preserve and

protect the dignity of man under Article 14 is unparalleled and could be found only

in few Constitutions of the world. The Constitution guarantees dignity of man and

also right to ‘life’ under Article 9 and if both are read together, question will arise

whether a person can be said to have dignity of man if his right to life below bare

necessity is like without proper food, clothing, shelter, education, health care,

clean atmosphere and unpolluted environment.”

This Chapter provides synopsis of policies, legislation, and guidelines that may have relevance to

the proposed project & administrative framework as well as institutional set-up relevant to the

environmental assessment of the proposed project.

After the Eighteenth amendment in the constitution of Pakistan, 1973 many federal subjects

devolved to provincial legislation. The Concurrent List in fourth schedule of the constitution

containing entries of subjects wherein federal and provincial legislation could legislate has been

abolished. The subject of “Environmental Pollution and Ecology” the entry No.24 of the

concurrent legislative list has also devolved to provincial legislations. Since project is in province

of Sindh; therefore, only those national laws, rules and regulations are discussed here which have

application in the project. Between 1993 and 2010, the Pak-EPA promulgated several rules,

regulations, standards, and guidelines to implement the provisions of the PEPA 1997. The

provincial government has yet to draft its own complete instruments, for instance, sectorial

guidelines; therefore, as provided under Article 270A of the Constitution, rules, regulations,

standards, and guidelines made under PEPA 1997 can still be benefited from where these are not

made under the provincial law. SEPA has, however, notified the Sindh Provincial rules,

regulations and standards. The discussion on regulatory requirements applicable to this Project

is, therefore, based on the Sindh law, the SEPA 2014, the Regulations; and, the rules, regulations,

standards, and guidelines developed under the SEPA 2014. There are provincial laws which come


Final Report


under the umbrella of environmental protection; for instance, Forest Act 1927, but due to

irrelevance with the project setting such laws are not reviewed here.

The Sindh Environmental Protection Act 2014 requires proponents to follow the rules,

regulations, guidelines and standards pertaining to the objectives of the development initiative.

The proponent: Credible Developers Pvt. Ltd are required to follow all applicable policy, legal and

administrative frameworks. These include legal provisions relevant to environmental & social

protection applicable to the planning, construction & operation phases, which must be

considered as well to ensure that the activities of the proposed project are aligned with

sustainability principles.

The laws relevant to the proposed project are briefly reviewed below.

2.1 Sindh Environmental Protection Act, 2014

The Sindh Environmental Protection Act, 2014 (2014 Act) was passed by the Sindh Assembly on

February 24, 2014. The 2014 Act is the basic legislative tool empowering the provincial

government to frame regulations for the protection of the environment. The 2014 Act envisages

protection, improvement, conservation & rehabilitation of environment of Sindh with the help

of legal action against polluters and green awakening of communities. It equally lays emphasis

for the preservation of the natural resources of Sindh and to adopt ways and means for restoring

the balance in its eco-system by avoiding all types of environmental hazards. The 2014 Act is

applicable to a broad range of issues and extends to air, water, industrial liquid effluent, marine,

and noise pollution, as well as to the handling of hazardous wastes.

The following provisions of the SEPA 2014 have a direct bearing on the proposed Project:

Section 11(1): ‘Subject to the provisions of this Act and the rules and regulations therein, no

person shall discharge or emit or allow the discharge or emission of any effluent, waste,

pollutant, noise or any other matter that may cause or likely cause pollution or adverse

environmental effects, as defined in Section 2 of this Act, in an amount, concentration or level

which is in excess to that specified in Sindh Environmental Quality Standards…’

Section 11(2): ‘All persons, in industrial or commercial or other operations, shall ensure

compliance with the Environmental Quality Standards for ambient air, drinking water, noise or

any other Standards established under section 6(1)(g)(i); shall maintain monitoring records for

such compliances; shall make available these records to the authorized person for inspection;

and shall report or communicate the record to the Agency as required under any directions

issued, notified or required under any rules and regulations.’

Section 14 (1): ‘Subject to the provisions of this Act and the rules and regulations, no person

shall cause any act, deed or any activity’, including;

o (b) disposal of solid and hazardous wastes at unauthorized places as prescribed;

o (c) dumping of wastes or hazardous substances into coastal waters and inland water

bodies; and

o (d) release of emissions or discharges from industrial or commercial operations as

prescribed.

Section 15 (1): ‘Subject to the provisions of this Act, no person shall operate or manufacture a

motor vehicle or class of vehicles from which air pollutants or noise are being emitted in an

http://www.pollutionpollution.com/2014/03/how-to-control-industrial-pollution/


Final Report


amount, concentration or level which is in excess of the Sindh Environmental Quality

Standards or, where applicable, the standards established under sub-clause (i) of clause (g) of

sub-section (1) of section 6’.

Section 17(1): ‘No proponent of a project shall commence construction or operation unless he

has filed with the Agency an initial environmental examination or environmental impact

assessment, and has obtained from the Agency approval in respect thereof’

Section 17(2): The agency shall;

o a) review the initial environmental examination and accord its approval, subject to such

terms and conditions as it may prescribe, or require submission of an environmental

impact assessment by the proponent; or

o (b) review the environmental impact assessment and accord its approval subject to such

terms and conditions as it may deem fit to impose or require that the environmental

impact assessment be re-submitted after such modifications as may be stipulated or

decline approval of the environmental impact assessment as being contrary to

environmental objectives.

Section 17(3): ‘Every review of an environment impact assessment shall be carried out with

public participation and, subject to the provisions of this Act, after full disclosure of the

particulars of the project’.

Section 17(4): ‘The Agency shall communicate its approval or otherwise within a period of two

months from the date that the initial environmental examination is filed, and within a period

of four months from the date that the environmental impact assessment is filed complete in

all respects in accordance with the regulations, failing which the initial environmental

examination or, as the case may be, the environmental impact assessment shall be deemed to

have been approved, to the extent to which it does not contravene the provisions of this Act

and the rules and regulations’.

Section 20(1): ‘The Agency shall from time to time require the person in charge of a project to

furnish, within such period as may be specified, an environmental audit or environmental

review report or environmental management plan containing a comprehensive appraisal of

the environmental aspects of the project’.

Section 20(2): The report of a project prepared under sub-section (1) shall include:

(a) analysis of the predicted qualitative and quantitative impact of the project as compared to

the actual impact;

(b) evaluation of the efficacy of the preventive, mitigation & compensatory measures taken

with respect to the project; and

(c) recommendations for further minimizing or mitigating the adverse environmental impact

of the project.

Section 20(3): ‘Based on its review of the environmental audit report, the Agency may, after

giving the person in charge of the project an opportunity of being heard, direct that specified

mitigation and compensatory measures be adopted within a specified time period and may

also, where necessary, modify the approval granted by it under section 17’.

Section 31(1): ‘The Agency shall cause relevant details of any proposed project regarding which

an Environmental Impact Assessment has been received to be published, along with an

invitation to the publish to furnish their comments thereon within a specified period’.

Section 31(3): ‘’All comments received under sub-section (1) and (2) shall be duly considered by

the Agency while reviewing the environmental impact assessment or strategic impact


Final Report


assessment, and decision or action taken thereon shall be communicated to the persons who

have furnished the said comments’.

2.2 Sindh EPA (Review of IEE and EIA) Regulations 2014

Sindh Environmental Protection Agency (Review of IEE/EIA) Regulations, 2014 (“2014

Regulations”) made in exercise of powers conferred under section 37 of the 2014 Act provide the

necessary guidelines on the preparation, submission, & review of Initial Environmental

Examinations (IEEs) and Environmental Impact Assessments (EIAs). The 2014 Regulations

categorize projects in three categories provided in Schedule I, II & III of the 2014 Regulations.

The Credible Towers project falls in category I (2) of the Schedule II (List of Projects requiring

EIA) of the 2014 Regulations, which provides: I. Urban development and tourism

(1)…………

(2) Residential/commercial high-rise buildings/apartments from 15 stories and above.

The submission and approval procedure for the EIA is summarized below:

The EIA report shall be submitted, together with a review fee and form included as Schedule-V

of the 2014 Regulations.

The SEPA shall conduct a preliminary scrutiny and reply within 15 working days of the

submittal of the report a) confirming completeness, or b) asking for additional information, if

needed, or c) returning the report requiring additional studies, if necessary.

The SEPA is required to make every effort to complete the EIA review process within four

months of the issue of confirmation of completeness.

SEPA shall call for a Public Hearing for the project to invite all the concerned persons to raise

concerns on the project.

Following the Public Hearing, SEPA shall constitute a Committee of Experts to assist the

agency in review of the EIA.

The approval granted at the end of the review process is valid for three years for start of

construction.

Once project construction has been completed, the proponent is required to submit a request

to the SEPA for confirmation of compliance. An environmental management plan for the

operation phase is to accompany the request.

The SEPA is required to communicate its decision within four months of receipt of the request.

The project can commence operation only after it has received approval from the SEPA.

2.3 Guidelines for Public Consultation

Public consultation is mandated under 2014 Act. Regulation 11 of the 2014 Regulations provides

the general requirements whereas the sectoral guidelines indicating specific assessment

requirements are provided in the Guidelines for Public Consultation 1997 (the ‘Guidelines’). These

are summarized below:

Objectives of Public Involvement: ‘To inform stakeholders about the proposed project, to

provide an opportunity for those otherwise unrepresented to present their views and values,

providing better transparency and accountability in decision making, creating a sense of

ownership with the stakeholders’;


Final Report


Stakeholders: ‘People who may be directly or indirectly affected by a proposal will clearly be the

focus of public involvement. Those who are directly affected may be project beneficiaries, those

likely to be adversely affected, or other stakeholders. The identification of those indirectly

affected is more difficult, and to some extent it will be a subjective judgment. For this reason, it is

good practice to have a very wide definition of who should be involved and to include any person

or group who thinks that they have an interest. Sometimes it may be necessary to consult with a

representative from a particular interest group. In such cases the choice of representative should

be left to the group itself. Consultation should include not only those likely to be affected,

positively or negatively, by the outcome of a proposal, but should also include those who can

affect the outcome of a proposal’;

Mechanism of consultations: ‘Provide sufficient relevant information in a form that is easily

understood by non-experts (without being simplistic or insulting), allow sufficient time for

stakeholders to read, discuss, consider the information and its implications and to present their

views, responses should be provided to issues and problems raised or comments made by

stakeholders, selection of venues and timings of events should encourage maximum

attendance’;

Timing and Frequency: Planning for the public consultation program needs to begin at a very

early stage; ideally it should commence at the screening stage of the proposal and continue

throughout the EIA process;

Consultation Tools: Some specific consultation tools that can be used for conducting

consultations include; focus group meetings, needs assessment, semi-structured interviews;

village meetings & workshops;

Other Important Considerations: The development of a public involvement program would

typically involve consideration of the following issues; objectives of the proposal and the study;

identification of stakeholders; identification of appropriate techniques to consult with the

stakeholders; identification of approaches to ensure feedback to involved stakeholders; and

mechanisms to ensure stakeholders’ consideration are taken into account’.

As above, the Guidelines for Public Consultation introduces effective ways to inform the contents

of the project to the general public during the planning stage and that eventually consensus

building toward the implementation of project is reached. However, there are instances where in

middle of a project on direction of tribunal or court environmental assessment carried out with

public consultation.

Incorporating public involvement into the stages of environmental assessment is explained in the

guidelines that public consultation meeting has to be carried out after the works on "developing

options and assessing and mitigating impacts" for comments and assessment.

2.4 Sindh Environmental Quality Standards

On June 28, 2016, the Sindh Environmental Industrial Waste Water, Effluent, Domestic, Sewerage,

Industrial Air Emission and Ambient Air, Noise for Vehicles, Air Emissions for Vehicles and Drinking

Water Quality Standards, 2015 have been notified by Sindh EPA.


Final Report


Table 2.1 shows SEQS for ambient air.

Table 2.1: Sindh Environmental Quality Standard for Ambient Air

Pollutant Time-weighted average

Concentration in Ambient Air

Method of Measurement

Sulfur Dioxide (SO2) Annual Average* 80 μg/m3 Ultraviolet Fluorescence

Method 24 hours** 120 μg/m3

Oxides of Nitrogen as (NO) Annual Average* 40 μg/m3 Gas Phase

Chemiluminescence 24 hours** 40 μg/m3

Oxides of Nitrogen as (NO2) Annual Average* 40 μg/m3 Gas Phase

Chemiluminescence 24 hours** 80 μg/m3

O3 1 hour 130 μg/m3 Non dispersive UV

absorption method

Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM)

Annual Average* 360 μg/m3 High volume Sampling, (Average flow rate not less

than 1.1m3/minute) 24 hours** 500 μg/m3

Respirable Particulate Matter (PM10)

Annual Average* 120 μg/m3 Β Ray absorption method

24 hours** 150 μg/m3

Respirable Particulate Matter (PM2.5)

Annual Average* 40 μg/m3 *** Β Ray absorption method

24 hours** 75 μg/m3

1 hour 15 μg/m3

Lead (Pb) Annual Average* 1 μg/m3 ASS Method after sampling

using EPM 2000 or equivalent Filter paper

24 hours** 1.5 μg/m3

Carbon Monoxide (CO) 8hours** 5 mg/m3 Non Dispersive Infra Red

(NDIR) method 1hours 10 mg/m3

*Annual arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year taken twice a week 24 hourly at uniform interval.

**24 hourly / 8 hourly values should be met 98% of the in a year. 2% of the time, it may exceed but not on two consecutive days.

*** or 9 μg/m3 plus baseline, whichever is low

Table 2.2 shows the standards for motor vehicle noise.

Table 2.2: The Motor Vehicle Ordinance (1965) and Roles (1969)

Parameter Standards (maximum permissible limit) Measuring method

Noise 85dB(A) Sound-meter at 7.5meter from the source

Table 2.3 shows the proposed national environmental quality standard for noise.

Table 2.3: Sindh Environmental Quality Standard for Noise

S. No. Category of Area / Zone

Effective from 1st January, 2015

Limit it in dB(A) Leq*

Day Time Night Time

1 Residential area (A) 55 45

2 Commercial area (B) 65 55

3 Industrial area (C) 75 65

4 Silence Zone (D) 50 45

Note: 1 Day time hours: 6.00 a. m to 10.00 p. m

2 Night time hours: 10.00 p. m to 6.00p. m

3 Silence zone; Zone which are declared as such by competent authority. An area comprising not less than 100 meters around hospitals, educational institutions and courts.

4 Mixed categories of areas may be declared as one of the four above-mentioned categories by the competent authority.

*dB(A)Leq Time weighted average of the level of sound in decibels on scale A which is relatable to human hearing.

The SEQS for effluents are shown in Table 2.4.


Final Report


Table 2.4: Sindh Environmental Quality Standard for Municipal & Liquid Industrial Effluents

S. # Parameter Into Inland Waters

Into Sewage Treatment

Into Sea unit

1 Temperature or Temp. increase <3 <3 <3 oC

2 pH value (H+) 6-9 6-9 6-9

3 Biological Oxygen Demand (BOD)5 at 20oC 80 250 80 mg/l

4 Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) 150 400 400 mg/l

5 Total Suspended Solids (TSS) 200 400 200 mg/l

6 Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) 3500 3500 3500 mg/l

7 Oil and Grease 10 10 10 mg/l

8 Phenolic Compounds (as Phenol) 0.1 0.3 0.3 mg/l

9 Chloride (as Cl-) 1000 1000 SC mg/l

10 Fluoride (as F-) 10 10 10 mg/l

11 Cyanide (as CN-) total 1.0 1.0 1.0 mg/l

12 An-ionic detergents (as MBAS) 20 20 20 mg/l

13 Sulphate (SO42-) 600 1000 SC mg/l

14 Sulphide (S2-) 1.0 1.0 1.0 mg/l

15 Ammonia (NH3) 40 40 40 mg/l

16 Pesticides 0.15 0.15 0.15 mg/l

17 Cadmium 0.1 0.1 0.1 mg/l

18 Chromium (trivalent and hexavalent) 1.0 1.0 1.0 mg/l

19 Copper 1.0 1.0 1.0 mg/l

20 Lead 0.5 0.5 0.5 mg/l

21 Mercury 0.01 0.01 0.01 mg/l

22 Selenium 0.5 0.5 0.5 mg/l

23 Nickel 1.0 1.0 1.0 mg/l

24 Silver 1.0 1.0 1.0 mg/l

25 Total toxic metals 2.0 2.0 2.0 mg/l

26 Zinc 5.0 5.0 5.0 mg/l

27 Arsenic 1.0 1.0 1.0 mg/l

28 Barium 1.5 1.5 1.5 mg/l

29 Iron 8.0 8.0 8.0 mg/l

30 Manganese 1.5 1.5 1.5 mg/l

31 Boron 6.0 6.0 6.0 mg/l

32 Chlorine 1.0 1.0 1.0 mg/l

The SEQS for drinking water are shown in Table 2.5.

Table 2.5: Sindh Environmental Quality Standards for Drinking Waters (mg/l)

S.# Properties / Parameters

Standard Values for Pakistan

S.# Properties / Parameters

Standard Values for Pakistan

Bacterial Chemical

1 All water intended for drinking (E.Coli or Thermo tolerant Coliform bacteria)

Must not be detectable in any 100-ml sample

Essential Inorganics (mg/liter)

13 Aluminum (Al) mg/l ≤ 0.2

14 Antimony (Sb) ≤ 0.005

2 Treated water entering the distribution system (Ecoli or thermo tolerant coliform and total coliform bacteria)

Must not be detectable in any 100-ml sample

15 Arsenic (As) ≤ 0.05

16 Barium (Ba) 0.7

17 Boron (B) 0.3

3 Treated water in the distribution system (E.coli or thermo

Must not be Detectable in any 100-ml sample. In

18 Cadmium (Cd) 0.01

19 Chloride (Cl-) < 250

20 Chromium (Cr) ≤ 0.05


Final Report


tolerant coliform and total coliform bacteria)

case of large supplies, where sufficient samples are examined, must not be resent in 95% of the samples taken throughout any 12-month period.

21 Copper (Cu) 2

Organic (mg/L)

22 Phenolic compounds

<0.0002

Toxic Inorganics (mg/liter)

23 Cyanide (CN)- ≤ 0.05

24 Fluoride (F) ≤ 1.5

25 Lead (Pb) ≤ 0.05

26 Manganese (Mn) ≤ 0.5

Physical 27 Mercury (Hg) ≤ 0.001

4 Color < 15 TCU 28 Nickel (Ni) ≤ 0.02

5 Taste Non-objectionable/ Acceptable

29 Nitrate (NO3)- ≤ 50

6 Odor Non-objectionable/ Acceptable

30 Nitrite (NO2)- ≤ 3

7 Turbidity < 5 NTU 31 Selenium (Se) ≤ 0.01

8 Total Hardness as CaCO3

< 500 mg/l 32 Residual Chlorine

0.2-0.5 At consumer end

0.5-1.5 at source 9 TDS <1000

10 pH 6.5-8.5

Radioactive

11 Alpha Emitters bq/L 0.1 33 Zinc (Zn) 5.0

12 Beta emitters 1

2.5 Sindh Prohibition of Child Employment Act, 2017

Article 11(3) of the Constitution of Pakistan prohibits employment of children below the age of 14

years in any factory, mines or any other hazardous employment. In accordance with this Article,

the Prohibition of Child Employment Act (PCEA) 2017 disallows the child labor in Sindh. The PCEA

defines a child as a person who has not completed his/her fourteenth years of age, and an

adolescent means a person who has completed fourteenth year of age but has not completed

eighteenth years of his age. No child shall be employed or permitted to work in any

establishment including construction but an adolescent can be employed or permitted to work

under strict guidelines provided in the PCEA and rules. An adolescent shall not be employed in

any hazardous work included in the schedule to the PCEA.

2.6 Archaeological Relics

After the Eighteenth amendment in the constitution the subject of “Ancient and historical

monuments, archaeological sites and remains” the entry No.37 of the concurrent legislative list

has also devolved to provincial legislations. There are two laws that are directly relevant for

archaeological relics. The first is The Antiquities Act, 1975, which ensures the protection of

Pakistan’s cultural resources. The Act defines “antiquities” as ancient products of human activity,

historical sites or sites of anthropological or cultural interest, national monuments, etc. The Act is

designed to protect these antiquities from destruction, theft, negligence, unlawful excavation,

trade, and export. The law prohibits new construction in the proximity of a protected antiquity

and empowers the GoP to prohibit excavation in any area that may contain articles of

archaeological significance. Under the Act, the Project proponents are obligated to ensure that

no activity is undertaken within 61 m (200 ft.) of a protected antiquity, and to report to the GoP’s

Department of Archaeology any archaeological discovery made during the course of the project.

The second is The Sindh Cultural Heritage (Preservation) Act, 1994, which is the provincial law for


Final Report


the protection of cultural assets. Its objectives are similar to those of the Antiquity Act. Heritage

Foundation has catalogued 600 historic buildings declared heritage sites under the Sindh Cultural

Heritage (Preservation) Act, 1994.

2.7 Cutting of Trees (Prohibition) Act, 1975 and The Protection of Trees and Bush Wood Act, 1949

The Cutting of Trees Act prohibits cutting or chopping of trees without prior permission of the

Forest Department. Section 3 of this Act states “No person shall, without the prior written

approval of the local formation commander or an officer authorized by him in this behalf, cut fell

or damage or cause to cut, fell or damage any tree.”

Similarly, the Protection of Trees and Bush wood Act, 1949 prohibits cutting of trees and bush

wood without permission of the Forest department. The Act was enforced to prevent unlawful

removal/clearing of trees and green area for any reason without the consent of the Forest

Department”.

2.8 Pakistan Panel Code, 1860 (PPC)

Chapter XIV of the PPC deals with the offences affecting the public health, safety, convenience,

decency and morals. Person may be guilty of public nuisance if his act or omission causes

common injury, danger or annoyance to the public or results in spread of infection of disease

dangerous to life. The chapter also deals with environmental pollution.

2.9 Sindh Solid Waste Management Board Act, 2014

The SSWMB Act, 2014 was enacted to establish a Board for collection and disposal of all solid

waste, to arrange effective delivery of sanitation services, to provide pollution free environment

and to deal with other relevant matters. The Board established under the Act headed by the Chief

Minister or his nominee and constitutes of thirteen other ex officio members of other relevant

departments. Some of the salient features and functions of the Board are; it has the right over

the solid waste related issues, assets, funds and liabilities of the Councils and shall possess sole

rights on all kinds of solid waste within the limits of all Councils established under the Local

Government Act 2013, it has the authority to grant permission to individuals, institutions

industries, factories, workshops, furnaces, compost making and power generation from the solid

waste, for segregation of the recyclable material from the waste, collection, treatment, sale and

purchase, recycling or disposal of any kinds of waste.

2.10 Disaster Management Act, 2010

This Act was enacted to provide for the establishment of a National Disaster Management

System for Pakistan. Sindh Disaster Management Authority enforces the Act. The Act defines

‘disaster’ as a catastrophe or a calamity in an affected area, arising from natural or man-made

causes or by accident which results in a substantial loss of life or human suffering or damage to,

and destruction of, property. Disaster management includes preparedness and response. The Act

provides establishment of disaster management authorities at national, provincial and district

levels. The authorities require preparing and implementing disaster management plan for their

area.


Final Report


2.11 Sindh Drinking Water Policy, 2017

Public Health Engineering & Rural Development Department, Government of Sindh, with the

approval of Chief Minister Sindh issue the drinking water policy on 3rd May 2017.

Principles: The main principles of Sindh Drinking Water Policy, adopted from the National

Drinking Water policy 2009, and aligned with the Sustainable Development Goals, are as follows:

Access to safely managed drinking water is a fundamental right of every citizen and that it is

the responsibility of the Government to ensure its provision to all citizens,

Water allocation for drinking purpose shall be given priority over other uses,

In order to ensure equitable access, special attention shall be given to removing the existing

disparities in coverage of safe drinking water and for addressing the needs of the poor and

the vulnerable on priority basis.

Recognizing that inadequate and unsafe water supply and sanitation are a major cause of

diarrhea and nutritional deficiency in children, which as a consequence contribute towards

child mortality. Safely managed drinking water supply and sanitation shall be integrated in

health, nutrition and school health programs.

Access shall be increased to high quality nutrition-sensitive services, including access to

water, sanitation facilities, and hygiene.

Key hygiene actions (safe drinking water, hand washing with soap, safe disposal of excreta,

food hygiene) shall be integrated as essential components in all nutrition programs.

Realizing the fact that access and availability of safe drinking water affects all aspects of life

of a citizen, a multi sectoral approach, involving different departments of the government,

shall be adopted to address the issues related to safe drinking water.

Being cognizant of the fact that women are the main providers of domestic water supply and

maintainers of hygienic household environment, their participations in planning,

implementation, monitoring and operation & maintenance of water supply systems shall be

ensured, and WASH shall be integrated in maternal and neonatal health programs.

Responsibilities and resources shall be delegated to local authorities to enable them to

discharge their assigned functions with regard to provision of safe water supply.

A supportive policy framework shall be developed that encourages alternate options through

private provision, public private partnerships, the role of NGOs and community organizations

The execution of component-sharing model for government programs and projects shall be

promoted to ensure financial sustainability and community and private sector involvement in

development and O&M.

Low cost technologies in water and sanitation, that are easy and cost-effective to maintain

shall be developed and used.

Goals and Objectives:

Overall Goal: The goal of the Sindh Drinking Water Policy is to improve the quality of life of

people of Sindh by reducing morbidity and mortality caused by water-borne diseases through

provision of safely managed and potable drinking water to the entire population that is located

on premises, available when needed, and free from contamination, affordable and of sufficient

quantity, and in a way, that is efficient, equitable and sustainable.


Final Report


Objectives:

Introduce legislative measures and regulations to create an enabling framework for safely

managed drinking water supply, regulation of water usage, extraction, treatment,

transportation and distribution.

Ensure that all drinking water resources and supply systems are protected with community

involvement.

Develop district level drinking water availability plans for urban and rural areas to ensure

improved planning for equitable access.

Enhance the coverage of safely managed drinking water supply in the province to achieve the

Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) targets of universal access.

Develop criteria for installation of new drinking water supply schemes and ensure that all

new schemes are safely managed, rationalized and constructed through need-based criteria

so that all areas and communities are served.

Develop standardized service delivery models for both urban and rural drinking water supply

schemes to improve efficiency, cost-effectiveness, monitoring & sustainability.

Develop mechanisms for reuse, recycle and recharge of wastewater for other municipal and

productive uses.

Ensure that all drinking water supply systems are designed and constructed in line with the

national drinking water quality standards and all municipal discharges comply with National

Environment Quality Standards (NEQS).

Install water treatment plants at existing drinking water supply schemes where required and

incorporate water treatment facilities in all new drinking water supply schemes.

Ensure development of water safety plans for all drinking water supply systems.

Develop and sustain regular drinking water quality monitoring & surveillance, and institute

mechanisms for remedial action.

Increase public awareness about water borne and water related diseases (including polio),

nutrition and hygiene, and enhance the role of communities for household water

treatment/storage, water safety and conservation, and safe hygiene practices.

Ensure that drinking water supply projects are nutrition sensitive and integrated in health,

nutrition and school health programs.

Institutionalize Water, Sanitation & Hygiene (WASH) in schools (infrastructure and 3 starts)

and introduce curricular change to incorporate health, nutrition and hygiene and improve

safe water and sanitation practices among school children.

Institute adaptation measures and disaster risk reduction and mitigation strategies to

minimize the impact of climate events on drinking water supply system.

2.12 Sindh Sanitation Policy, 2016

The goal of the Provincial Sanitation policy is to ensure that the entire population of Sindh has

access to a safely managed sanitation service and sanitary environment that is also nutrition-

sensitive and hygienic. The motto of the policy was ‘Saaf Suthro Sindh’ (Neat and Clean Sindh).

The Policy sets targets to achieve its motto. For instance, eradication of Open Defecation from

Sindh Province by 2025, while 70% villages of 13 high priority districts achieve the status of open

defecation free by 2020; create and develop wastewater treatment mechanisms to cover 75% of

urban areas and 40% in rural areas by 2025, and implement integrated solid waste management

with 100% coverage in urban areas and 60% in rural areas of Sindh by 2025. A WASH behavior


Final Report


change and communication strategy has also been developed for sustainable and safe hygiene

environment by 2025 to enhance the living standards of the people of Sindh.

2.13 Sub Soil Water (Extraction and Consumption) Regulations, 2018

Besides many one big achievement of the Supreme Court appointed water commission was

ensuring making of regulations on sub soil water. The Regulations are made in exercise of the

powers conferred under section 16 of the KW&SB Act 1996. The Regulation introduces license

regime for sub soil water extraction and consumption by industrial consumers. It empowers the

Board established under KW&SB Act 1996 to ask for carrying out hydrological study and tests to

qualify for applying for the license. The Regulations prohibit transportation of extracted water

through water tankers and discourages water extraction in excess. The Board retains power of

inspection of the water abstraction facility and cancellation of license in case of violation of the

terms and conditions of the license.

2.14 Cantonment Board Malir – Bye Laws

The bye-laws for regulating the a erection or re-erection of, or addition to or alteration in,

buildings in Cantonment Board Malir, made by the Cantonment Board, Malir, Karachi, in exercise

of the powers conferred by section 186 of the Cantonment Act, 1924 (II of 1924), and in

supersession of the bye-laws published vide Notification No.1510/70 dated the 17th July 1970 are

hereby published for general information, the same having been previously published by the said

Board, and approved -and confirmed by the Federal Government as required by sub-section (1) of

section 284 of the said Act, namely. Under the Cantonment Board Malir - Bylaws for the building

following are important section environment related to design and construction of the project.

1. Drainage and Sanitation

▪ Where there is a public sewer sullage water shall be connected thereto.

▪ Where no public sewer is in existence, all connected to septic tanks.

▪ Septic tanks shall be so,

o Constructed as to be impervious to liquid either from the out-side or inside and

o Sited as not to render liable to pollution any spring or stream of water or any well the

water of which is used or likely to be used for drinking or domestic purpose subject to

a minimum distance of six meters.

▪ Septic tanks and drainage mains, within boundaries of the plot, be so sited as not to render

liable to pollution any water line. There shall be a minimum distance of 1 meter between the

two, and where this distance is to be reduced due to any unavoidable reason, then the water

main be protected be encasing of concrete which shall be completely impervious to liquid

from outside.

2. Fire Extinguisher System

▪ There should be provided:

o At least one extinguisher in each 230m(square) of areas of public assembly buildings;

o Office building more than five storeys in height and with occupancy area of more

than 9300m (square) above ground floor and

▪ At least one signal station shall be located in each storey in an accessible location in the

natural depth of exit way or escape.

▪ (3) Every signal station shall be so located that no point on any floor or the building is more

than 50 m distant from such station.


Final Report


3. Parking Requirement

Parking schedule in Bye Laws for building is mentioned below.

A. Flat Area Up To 1000 Sq.Ft. = Two Flat One Car

B. Flat Area above 1000 Sq.Ft. = One Flat One Car

C. Flat Area Up To 650 Sq.Ft. = Not Required

D. 16% of Required Cars Utilized as a Motor Cycle Parking

2.15 Karachi Strategic Development Plan 2020

Karachi Strategic Development Plan (KSDP) 2020 was formulated in 2007 as the official

development plan of the City District Government of Karachi (CDGK). This is the first ever

approved development plan which has now a legal status under Section 40 of the Sindh Local

Government Ordinance 2001 in contrast to the previous master plans. The contents of KSDP 2020

consist of following 7 chapters and they are summarized as follows:

(1) Introduction/Outline

1) Coverage of the Plan: Whole City District of Karachi, consisting of 18 Towns, 6 cantonments,

and Federal and provincial governments land-holding agencies; approximately 3,600 sq.km, of

which 1,300 sq.km is urbanized (built-up) area.

2) Critical Issues in Land Planning and Municipal Control: The land planning and municipal

control is fragmented into about twenty agencies, such as 6 Cantonment Boards, Karachi Port

Trust, Port Qasim Authority, Defence Housing Authority, Pakistan Steel, Pakistan Railways, Export

Processing Zone, Sindh Industrial Trading Estate, Government Sindh, City District Government

Karachi, Lyari Development Authority, Malir Development Authority, cooperative housing

societies and private owners, with overlapping powers/functions and utter lack of coordination.

The share of CDGK is only 31% of the total area.

3) Vision for Karachi: “Transforming Karachi into a world class city, an attractive economic center

with a decent life for Karachiites”.

4) Plan Objectives: In order to achieve the vision, the Plan consists not only of physical renewal

plans but equally invoking the spirit and commitment of both leaders and citizens to realize a

more prosperous, secure and sustainable future.

A. Finding out Karachi’s advantages/potential for future development

B. Promoting a holistic vision towards sustainable growth

C. Identifying and addressing key issues in social, economic, environment & urban infrastructure

sectors

D. Setting out strategic framework against the backdrop of current conditions

E. Framing the development plans and programs

F. Putting in place an effective, collaborative institutional arrangement with participation of all

stakeholders

5) Status and Role: KSDP 2020 has a legal status under SLGO for guiding city’s growth in a

planned and coordinated manner, and is mandatory for all agencies, stakeholders to follow the

plan.

6) Time Span of the Plan: The operational time span for the plan extends to the year 2020 within

the scope of Pakistan’s Vision 2030. The plan will be further extended to 2030 to cover the city’s

region that includes part of surrounding districts of Thatta, Jamshoro and Lasbella.


Final Report


(2) Summary of Land Use Plan, KSDP 2020

Major points of land use plan/strategy are:

Page 1-4 “The spatial needs for commerce, industry, housing and infrastructure development to

cope with future population growth (15.2 million in 2005 to 27.6 million in 2020; 4% of AAGR) will

be provided through a set of policies and programs, as follows”:

1) Spatial Growth Strategy (Basic)

- Densification: Saddar, Jamshed, North Nazimabad, Gulberg, SITE and Shah Faisal Towns

- Densification & Infill: Gulshan-e-Iqbal, Landhi, Korangi, New Karachi Towns, DHA &

Cantonments

- Infill and Expansion: Baldia, Malir, Orangi and Gadap Towns

- Status Quo: Lyari and Liaquatabad Towns

2) Various Land development policies and Strategies

In addition to the basic strategy (spatial growth), following several individual land

development policies/strategies were considered and proposed in the plan.

- Regeneration of the Inner City

- Promotion of Mixed-Use Development

- Permit and Guide Vertical Development and Densification

- Enable Densification and Vertical Development of Existing Residential Areas

- Development of New Urban Centers

- Policy for Urban Renewal

- Integration of Civil Areas of Cantonment and other Land-Owning Agencies

- Incorporation of Existing Goths into the Urban Fabric

- Development of Industrial Zones

- Decentralization of financial districts

- Additional site for international airport

- Special Purpose Zone along Northern bye-pass

- Development of Education city

- Additional spaces for graveyards and landfill sites for garbage

2.16 Civil Aviation Rules, 1994

The Civil Aviation Rules 1994 has mandated it for all the builders and developers to obtain No

Objection Certificate (NOC) from Civil Aviation Authority (CAA) under rule 68, section-3 of Civil

Aviation Rules, 1994 for “Height Clearance” for projects/buildings within the radius of 25km of all

airports. The rule 68, section 3 (Safe Guarding at Aerodromes (68) Limitation of obstructions)

reads as under: “No person shall erect any temporary or permanent structure, nor position a

vehicle or other mobile object on or in the vicinity of any aerodrome to which these rules are

applicable, that will be within the clearance area, or will protrude through an obstacle limitation

surface, at that aerodrome”.

2.17 Building Code of Pakistan, Fire Safety Provisions 2016

The Building Code of Pakistan-Fire Safety Provisions-2016 provide rules for fire prevention, life

safety in relation to fire and fire protection of building and structures as prescribed. All the

federal and provincial governments, organizations, authorities, both public and private are

mandated to adopt and implement Building Code of Pakistan-Fire Safety Provisions-2016, as


Final Report


notified. Any construction and modification of buildings in violation of Building Code of Pakistan

(Fire Safety Provisions-2016) shall be considered as violation of professional engineering works as

specified under clause (xxv) of section 2 of the Act.

The implementation and enforcement of this bye-law shall vest with the Authority Having

Jurisdiction (AHJ) within their respective jurisdictions and circles as follow:

(1) Building Control, Housing and Development Authorities

(2) District Administration

(3) Tehsil or Town Administration

(4) Municipal Administration

(5) Station Headquarters (Army, Air Force and Navy)

(6) Cantonment Administration

(7) Union Council Administration

(8) Autonomous Bodies

(9) Industrial Estates

(10) Directorates of Civil Defense

(11) Export Processing Zones

(12) Other Federal/Provincial Authorities as and when notified

This Bye-law shall come into force upon being notified and all the concerned AHJs shall

implement the same immediately in the prescribed manner.

All relevant AHJs shall ensure compliance and implementations of this Code and accordingly

adopt or amend their relevant regulations, Bye-laws or rules as the need be.

This Bye-law shall apply to both new and existing buildings.

a. buildings permitted for construction after the adoption of these Provisions shall comply with

the provisions stated herein for new buildings forthwith.

b. existing buildings constructed prior to adoption of these provisions shall comply with the

provisions stated herein as soon as possible but not later than three years of notification of

these provisions; and

c. minimum fire protection requirements such as provision of fire alarm and detection system,

fire extinguishers, emergency response plans and fire drills shall however be in place as soon

as possible but not later than one year of notification of these provisions.

Any person who fails to comply with this Bye-law or fails to carry out an order made pursuant to

these provisions, or violates any condition attached to a permit, approval, or certificate shall be

subject to the penalties in accordance with the regulations of AHJ.

2.18 The Sindh Occupational Safety and Health Act, 2017

The Sindh Occupational Safety and Health Bill 2017 has been approved by the Provincial Assembly

of Sindh (Ref. Sindh Bill No. 27 of 2017) and enacted as the Sindh Occupational Safety and health

Act, 2017. The Act makes provision for Occupational Safety and Health conditions at all

workplaces for the protection of persons at work places against risk of injury arising out of the

activities at work places and the promotion of safe, healthy and decent working environment

adapted to the physical, physiological and psychological needs of all persons at work.


Final Report


2.19 IFC General EHS Guidelines

The EHS guidelines published by IFC are technical reference documents that address IFC’s

expectations regarding the industrial pollution management performance of its projects;

however, these guidelines have been benefited from for other projects as well. They are

designed to assist managers and decision makers with relevant industry background and

technical information. This information supports actions aimed at avoiding, minimizing, and

controlling EHS impacts during construction, operation, and decommissioning phase of a project

or facility. Environmental issues associated with the construction and maintenance activities may

include, among others, noise and vibration, soil erosion, and threats to biodiversity including

habitat alteration and impacts to wildlife.

Examples of the impacts addressed in the General EHS Guidelines include:

Construction site waste generation;

Soil erosion and sediment control from materials sourcing areas and site preparation

activities;

Fugitive dust & other emissions (e.g. from vehicle traffic, land clearing activities, & materials

stockpiles);

Noise from heavy equipment and truck traffic;

Potential for hazardous materials and oil spills associated with heavy equipment operation

and fuelling activities.


Final Report

EMC Pakistan Pvt. Ltd Chapter – 3: Project Description Page 1 of 21

Chapter 3 Description of Project

3.1 The Project

The proposed project: Credible Towers is planned to be constructed on Plot No. 350, Deh

Safooran, Malir Cantonment, Karachi having total area of 19,360 Sq. Yds and will serve as

residential-cum-commercial facility. The project is further divided into four zones A, B, C, and D.

Zone A-C is designated for residential units while Zone D is comprised of residential and

commercial unit both. The building details are described in the table below:

Table 3.1: Residential Building Details

Zone Description No. of Floors No. of Apartments Area (sq. ft)

A Duplex-5 Bed Apartment 7 56 6939.24

B 4 Bed Apartment 15 120 10230.5

C 3 Bed Apartment 15 180 8952

D Commercial + Residential 12 100 10757

Total 456

Table 3.2: Commercial Zone Details

Basement Parking and Store Area

Ground Floor Commercial

1st Floor Commercial

2nd Floor Food Courts

3rd Floor Offices, Halls & Lobby

4th - 15th Apartments

The following parking stalls are provided for the residential zones and commercial zone in

proposed development which are mentioned in the table below;

Table 3.3: Parking supply of proposed building

Parking Supply

Floor Details Car MC

Basement (Commercial) 97 248

First Floor of Blocks 319

Total Parking 416 248

3.2 Status of Approvals

Following NOCs/approvals have been issued by the respective authorities for the project:

1. NOC for Height Clearance from Civil Aviation Authority

2. NOC from Karachi Water & Sewerage Board

3. NOC from K-Electric

4. NOC from Sui Southern Gas Company Limited

Approval from Sindh Environmental Protection Agency will be a major milestone for project

because Cantonment Board Malir has made it mandatory for all the builders and developers to

obtain approval of EIA/IEE under Section 17 of SEP Act 2014 from Sindh EPA as a pre-requisite of

getting final approval of the building plan.


Final Report


Figure 3.1: Topography of the Site


Final Report


Figure 3.2: Primary and Secondary Roads


Final Report


Figure 3.3: Vehicular Access


Final Report


Figure 3.4: Pedestrian Access


Final Report


Figure 3.5: Master Plan


Final Report


Figure 3.6: Duplex Apartment (Zone - A) : Lower Floor Plan


Final Report


Figure 3.7: Duplex Apartment (Zone - A) : Upper Floor Plan (Option – 1)


Final Report


Figure 3.8: 4-Bed Apartment (Zone - B)


Final Report


Figure 3.9: 3-Bed Apartment (Zone - C)


Final Report


Figure 3.10: Commercial Tower (Zone – D): Ground Floor Plan


Final Report


Figure 3.11: Commercial Tower (Zone – D): First Floor Plan


Final Report


Figure 3.12: Commercial Tower (Zone – D): Typical Apartment Floor Plan


Final Report


3.3 Construction & Commissioning

3.3.1 Construction Schedule

It is anticipated that construction of the project will be completed in about 03 years from the

date of start of construction activities. The construction & commissioning phase will consist of

following major activities:

▪ Construction of campsite including facilities and mobilization of contractors

▪ Construction of foundations and auxiliary structures (piling, civil works etc.)

▪ Internal and External finishing

▪ Mechanical, electrical and other works

▪ Demobilization and site restoration

3.3.2 Pre-Construction/Design Phase

This, the essential phase provides the basis for the construction program, the methodology to be

adopted and the technologies to be involved. The project site has been assessed in terms of its

geology, seismicity and seismo-tectonics. A detailed geo-technical investigation has been

conducted and load bearing capacity of the soil has been stablished. The pre-construction

activities will involve earthworks & excavations. In order to obtain geotechnical information for

the design of foundation, it was considered essential to carry out subsoil investigation at the

project site. The geotechnical investigation report part of the annexures of the EIA report.

3.3.3 Construction Activities

The sequence of construction should be as follows:

Construction of earth retaining structure (secant pile wall, contiguous pile etc.)

Drilling and installation of dewatering wells

Excavation of plot upto groundwater level

Trench for French drains upto desired 7m depth

Dewatering

Excavation upto Raft bottom level

Construction of raft foundation followed by construction of substructure.

Standard and environmentally compatible construction materials (cement, sand, steel

reinforcement, bricks etc.) & techniques/construction practices will be employed besides

adopting Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) set-out in the Environmental Management Plan.

(1) Construction office & Camp

The construction contractor will develop his own camp & offices for construction purposes

within the project site. Development of campsite will include the following activities:

Leveling and compaction of the area for office and campsite

Provision of drainage works in and around the campsite

Laying and compaction of the gravel topping in the office and campsite

Construction of fuel storage tank area and water tank

Provision of fence, access and emergency gates

Construction of septic tanks


Final Report


Installation of membrane liner for fuel storage

Installation of security guard cabins

Installation of sewerage pipeline with manholes for the septic system & connecting it with

Sewer line

Provision of signage for each activity center

(2) Foundations

Excavation for the foundations work will be made in accordance with recommendation of

Geotechnical investigation. Excavated material will be disposed of off-site via trucks and sent to

approved sites. The excavated soil will be sent to road construction contractors for appropriate

utilization.

(3) Building Shell and Core Construction

Construction of the exterior enclosure or “shell’’ of the building include construction of the

building’s framework (installation of beams and columns), floor decks, facade (exterior walls and

cladding), and roof construction. These activities require the use of tower cranes, compressors,

personnel and material hoists, front-end loaders, concrete pumps, on-site bending jigs and a

variety of hand-held tools, in addition to the delivery trucks bringing construction materials to the

site. At the same time, infrastructure connections are built. These include lines for water, sewer,

storm water, electricity & telecommunications.

(4) Interior Construction and Finishing

This stage includes the construction of interior walls, installation of lighting fixtures and interior

finishes (flooring, painting, etc.), as well as mechanical & electrical works such as the:

Installation of elevators

Internal and external pipe works

Fire protection & Life safety systems

Car Park Ventilation

Electrical Distribution

Emergency Lighting installations

Lightning Protection

(5) Civil Works

Civil works involves excavation, piling, formwork, reinforcement, concreting, masonry,

plastering, painting, tinsmith’s, and also waterproofing work with gas-flame sticking,

construction of light separating walls, hung ceilings, flooring, lining and facing.

(6) Construction Equipment & Machinery

Conventional machinery and equipment will be used for construction activities. The equipment

and machinery may include dozers, excavators, loaders, mobile crane, lorry, dump trucks, back

hoe, bar bending machine, water bowzers, material hoist, passenger hoist, concrete placement

booms & power generators.

(7) Construction Material and other Supplies

Main construction material to be used during the construction phase will include ready mix

concrete that will be sourced through reputable companies. Additionally, paints, glass, wood,


Final Report


tiles, aluminum, PVC/GI pipes, concrete/cement pipes, electric cables, etc. will be used during the

different phases of construction. The materials will be transported by trucks to the project site,

where they will be stored until moved to different locations as and when required. Materials

including paving stone, crush, gravel and sand will be brought from commercial quarries located

in the Sindh Province. Other general supplies transported will include office and camp supplies

(food etc.) fuels, oils and equipment maintenance parts.

(8) Site Restoration

On the completion of the construction phase, the entire site will be built-up thus no site

restoration to original condition is required. External sites are not being used.

3.4 Plumbing & Electrical System

3.4.1 Plumbing System

Design Codes & Standards: All plumbing work designed and installed as per CBC Byelaws,

International Plumbing Code 2012, National Plumbing Code, International Fuel Gas Code,

American Society for Plumbing Engineers (ASPE) Handbook (2010) and relevant British Standard

Institute. Best quality available plumbing fixtures and materials will be specified.

Plumbing Fixtures Requirements: The plumbing system has been designed to meet the minimum

plumbing fixture requirements for space occupancy as per International Plumbing Code.

Scope of Plumbing System: The scope of plumbing services is as follows:

▪ Fixtures & Fittings (IPC: 401-427)

▪ Water Supply System (IPC: 601-609)

▪ Soil, Waste and Vent System (IPC: 701-712)

▪ Storm Water Drain & Rain Water Harvesting (IPC: 1101-1113)

▪ Fire Fighting (NFPA 10, 14, 25)

The sewage disposal from the building shall be terminated up to the building’s Manhole, from

where it shall be connected via septic tank to the main sewerage system.

The storm water drainage system shall be designed keeping in view the developed levels of the

project area & shall be terminated from the building up to the road.

Fire protection system shall comprise of building fire hydrants, Fire hose reels, Fire sprinkler and

portable fire extinguishers of various type as per appropriate needs and requirements. The fire

water shall be provided through a separate pressurized main.

The main requirements relating to the plumbing works are stated as under: -

▪ A separate RCC overhead water storage tank shall be installed in building. The capacity of

O/H. tank shall be equivalent to 50% of the daily demand.

▪ A separate RCC Underground water storage tank shall be installed in building as per Arch.

plan. The capacity of U/G. tank shall be of the daily demand domestic consumption water x

2days + According to (NFPA) 1.5/h reserved water for firefighting system.

▪ Water demand is based on number of Person.


Final Report


▪ The firewater for fire hydrants and fire hose reels, fire sprinkler shall be provided through a

separate pressurized unit.

The relevant codes and standard have been be followed in calculation and design of various

parameters of the water supply, selection of equipment for the water supply, sanitary /

plumbing, sewage disposal and fire protection systems. The related sections of following codes

and standards shall be followed in the design of the above stated works.

ASTM American Society for Testing and Material

NFPA National Fire Protection Association (USA)

NPC National Plumbing Code

ANSI American Plumbing Code.

ASME American society of Mechanical Engineer

AWWA American water Works Association

BCP Building Code of Pakistan

Water Supply: Water supply system shall consist of water storage tanks, water supply network &

the internal plumbing works. Potable water shall be provided from the overhead tanks to water

supply network of the buildings.

Capacity of Overhead Water Storage Tanks: Overhead Water Storage tanks shall be provided in

building to store water. The size of water storage tanks shall be determined from the population

and its usage.

Design of Water Supply System:

▪ Pipe material used for water shall be of PPRc for internal plumbing works & G.I for external

water supply network, pipe sizes shall be designed on the basis of total fixture units

connected to the section.

▪ Table used to ascertain maximum numbers of fixture units that can pass through a pipe are

adopted from National Plumbing Code USA.

▪ Conversion of plumbing fixture unit’s ratings applicable to building units is adopted from

Fundamental of Plumbing design Volume.

Table 3.4: Design of Water Supply System

1. Apartment Building

Occupants Recommended Daily Demand

(Type A) 6 Bed Apartment Duplex 6x64x384x54=

@ 54 gal / person / day 20736 gal

(Type B) 4 Bed Apartment 5x104x520x54=


(Type C) 3 Bed Apartment 4x104x416x54=


(Type D) 2 Bed Apartment 3x88x264x54=


(Type E) 2 Bed Apartment 3x10x30x54=


(Type F) 2 Bed Apartment 3x10x30x54=


2. Shopping Mall

74 Shop’s @ 15 gal / person / day 2,220 gal


Final Report


2x74=148x15=

300 Nos. Visitor @ 2 gal / person / day 600 gal

10 Nos. Resident Guards @ 30 gal / person day 300 gal

3. Office Building

Occupants Recommended Daily Demand

30 Nos. Bank office & Departmental Store staff


96 Nos. Visitor @ 2 gal / person / day 192 gal

5 Nos. Resident Guards @ 15 gal / person day 255 gal

4. Restaurant &Food Outlet

13 Food Outlet 4x13=52x15=


100 Visitor for Restaurant @ 2 gal / person / day 200 gal

5. Air Conditioning

Cooling Towers 5000gal

TOTAL 103,525 Gal.

Storage for 2 days 207,050 gal.

Reserved for Fire Fighting (According to NFPA Code) Requirement 1 hydrant hazard (500gpm x 1.5/hrs) @45,000 x 2stage @ 90,000

90,000 gal.

Capacity of underground tank: 297,050gal.

Plumbing Fixture: The plumbing fixtures would be provided to meet the minimum plumbing

fixture requirements for space occupancy as per National Plumbing Code (USA) as given below:

Type of Occupancy

Fixture Requirement Water Closet Urinal Wash Basin

Offices Commercial

Buildings

Persons Fixture Urinals may be provided in lieu of

W.C. but not more than ½ of

W.C. when more than 35 persons

Persons Fixture 1-15 1 1-15 1

16-35 2 16-35 2 36-55 3 36-55 3 56-80 4 56-80 4 81-110 5 81-110 5

115- 150

6 115- 150

6

Add 1 Fixtures for Every 40 persons

Add 1 Fixture for Every 40 person

Sewerage System:

▪ The Sewerage System includes collection of internal waste water through network of pipe

and shall be connected to the building manhole to septic tank

▪ The Soil waste collected from wash basins, showers and floor drain shall run through a

separate pipe network and then connected to the Gully Trap (G.T)

▪ The Soil waste from water closet and urinals shall pass through uPVC pipes and finally

connected to manhole outside the building.

▪ Double stack system will be provided i.e. independent vertical stack for soil and waste water

drain will be installed. For venting, the stacks will be extended 2’-0” above roof level.

▪ To avoid siphon of water seals form traps, vents pipes will be installed near to traps and to be

continued to the vent stack in pipe duct.

▪ The sewerage piping system shall consist of the requisite type & adequate number of clean

outs.

▪ All the Manholes shall be covered however; they must have proper cleaning facility.


Final Report


Following criteria shall be adopted in the design of sewerage piping network:

▪ Calculation of sewerage load shall be carried out on the basis of fixture units given in the

National Plumbing Code.

▪ Sewerage pipe shall be considered flowing 2/3 full.

▪ Total sewerage load shall be estimated using tables provided in the National Plumbing Code.

▪ Minimum self-scavenging velocity shall be maintained.

▪ Floor drain shall be provided in each toilet.

▪ Urinals shall be provided at locations as per Clients / Architect requirement.

▪ All water closets & urinals shall be vented properly through the vent piping system.

▪ All vent pips shall be taken 750 mm above the roof level. The horizontal run of vent pipe shall

not be more then 6 to 10 meters except where routes do not permit it.

▪ The vent pipes shall be of PVC.

Storm Water Drainage: The storm water drainage shall be achieved through purpose made built-

in slopes in the ground all around the buildings and shall be terminated on gravity towards the

Storm Water catchments / gully’s at the road side.

Following design criteria shall be adopted in his design of storm water drainage system.

▪ Local climate i.e. rainfall rate.

▪ Site conditions, elevation, water level and location of other utilities etc.

Fire Detection & Protection Systems:

▪ Fire protection system shall comprise of building fire hydrants, fire hose reels, fire sprinkler

and portable fire extinguishers of various kind/types. The fire water shall be fed through a

pressurized main to be installed all around the individual building/ block.

▪ Fire hydrant system including fire hose connection point hoses and nozzles to provide a

readily accessible water supply for fire department or occupants of the project area to

combat fire instantly.

Detailed design description: The system shall be designed on the following criteria.

▪ System specification according to NFPA 14 ▪ Location of Fire hose reel cabinet : ▪ Pipe : ▪ Fire cabinet :

(Hydrant & hose systems) accessible with a radius of 30 meters. Mild steel pipe. following item shall be provided with each fire Hose cabinet: Hose reel 25mm dia, 30 meter long, Siamese connection 65mm diameter, fire blanket, all housed in a steel cabinet of approved quality at suitable. Fire cabinet shall be installed at suitable locations.

▪ Pillar Fire Hydrants : Pillar type fire hydrants shall be provided all Around the periphery of each building.

▪ Portable fire Extinguishers :

The portable fire extinguisher shall be Provided keeping in view the NFPA code requirements in line with the type of hazards & the clients specific requirements.


Final Report


Fire Detection & Alarm System: Fire detection & alarm system shall be designed as per scope of

works & in line with the design requirements and is covered in the electrical system design.

Fire Protection Systems: Following fire protection system shall be design keeping in view the

guide-line design requirements lay in the scope of Work & Fire Protection Philosophy of Co-

Operative Market.

▪ Fixed Fire Protection System

▪ Portable Fire Protection System

▪ Fire sprinkler system

3.4.2 Electrical & Allied Works

The electrical design development of the Project has been carried out in accordance with the

prevailing international standards and local regulatory authorities to ensure the ease of

maintenance, economy and safety from shock and fire hazards.

Scope of Services

Utility Power Supply from K.E

Backup Generator Supply

Power Distribution including Small Wiring and accessories

UPS / Emergency Supply

Lighting and Controls

Earthing & Grounding

Lightning Protection System

Fire Alarm and Detection System

CCTV Surveillance System

Audio / Audio-Video Intercom System

Voice and Data Communication System

CATV System

Table 3.5: Summary of Demand Load S. No

Description LOAD in K.W

Distribution Transformer

1 Tower-A Total Load 312.39 2 Tower-B Total Load 311.91

Total Load of tower A + B = 624.30 Transformer Tower A & B = 1000 KVA 3 Tower-C Total Load 384.29 4 Tower-D Total Load 368.81

Total Load of tower C + D = 753.10 Transformer Tower C & D = 1000 KVA 5 Tower-E Total Load 345.84 6 Tower-F Total Load 349.08

Total Load of tower E + F = 694.92 Transformer Tower E & F = 1000 KVA

7 Tower- G & H

Total Load of tower - G & H = 1485.57 Transformer Tower G = 2X1000 KVA

Grand Total Load of All Towers = 3557.89 TOTAL DEMAND LOAD IN M. WATTS = 3.56

DETAIL OF K.E SUB-STATION SIZES OUTER


Final Report


1 SUBSTATION -1 FOR TOWER - A & B 42' X 15' Rft

2 SUBSTATION -2 FOR TOWER - C & D 42' X 15' Rft

3 SUBSTATION -3 FOR TOWER - E & F 42' X 15' Rft

4 SUBSTATION -4 FOR TOWER - G & H 60' X 15' Rft

3.4.3 Gas Supplies

The gas supply for Credible Towers project would be provided by the Sui Southern Gas Company

Limited (SSGCL). Project has obtained approval from the SSGCL for connection.


Final Report

EMC Pakistan Pvt. Ltd Chapter – 4: Description of Environment Page 1 of 49

Chapter 4 Description of Environment

Presented in this chapter of the EIA study are the findings of environmental and social baseline

conditions of the project area in terms of its macroenvironment and microenvironment.

Information available from literature relevant to baseline of the area, surroundings and Karachi was

collected at the outset and reviewed subsequently. This was followed by surveys conducted by

experts to investigate and describe the existing status and scenario.

The proposed project site is categorized as commercial land. The Project falls in to the appropriate

category that permits the designated land-use by the Cantonment Board Malir. Siting of the

Credible Towers at Plot No. 350, Deh Safooran, Malir Cantonment, Karachi by Credible Developers

Pvt. Ltd is therefore duly authorized.

The proposed site is located in an under-developed area of Karachi, is adjacent to Gulshan-e-Umair,

which is entirely based on the residential zoning. The project is situated amidst Safoora Chowrangi

and Malir Cantt Check Post No. 6 as shown in figure 4.1. Currently, the proposed site is a vacant plot

free from all encumbrances as shown in figure 4.1. The microenvironment houses quite a few

housing societies. The site has an access from the University road as well as Jinnah Avenue.

The project is served through Safoora Chowrangi via two roads; one going towards Saadi town and

another going towards check post no. 6, Malir Cantonment. The proposed development will have

the access gate for residential purpose from the local road having one lane; while the access gate

for commercial unit is from the university road, which is going towards Saadi town. This road has

three lanes and pavement condition is also adequate. The built environment has connectivity with

M-9. Proposed Red Line BRT Project will serve the population of project area through efficient mass

transit system in next 2-3 years.

Figure 4.1: Location of Project


Final Report


Figure 4.2: Present Status of Project Site

Figure 4.3: Projects in the immediate vicinity

4.1 Description of Physical Environment

4.1.1 Geology, Geomorphology and Soil

Geology: Karachi is the part of major synclinorium stretching from Ranpathani River in the east to

Cape Monze in the west, Mehar and Mole Jabal (Mountains) in the north. Within the synclinorium a

number of structures such as Pipri, Gulistan-e-Jauhar, Pir Mango and Cape Monze are exposed. The


Final Report


presence of concealed structures under the Malir River valley, Gadap and Maripur plains can fairly

be deduced.

Rock aggregates, sand, limestone and clay are some of the potentials for gainful utilization.

Gulistan-e-Jauhar member of the Gaj formation offers groundwater potential for limited use. The

area is underlain by rocks of sedimentary origin ranging in age from Eocene to Recent. Major

structural trends and the basin axis strike generally south but with a “bulge” to the east also called

Karachi Arc (Bender and Raza 1995).

Geomorphology of Karachi: Karachi is located in the south of Sindh, on the coast of the Arabian Sea.

It covers an area of approximately 3,600 km2, comprised largely of flat or rolling plains, with hills on

the western and northern boundaries of the urban sprawl. The city represents quite a variety of

habitats such as the sea coast, islands, sand dunes, swamps, semi-arid regions, cultivated fields, dry

stream beds, sandy plains, hillocks. Classified according to physiographic features, Karachi City

District can be divided into three broad categories: Hilly Region (Mountain Highland), Alluvial Plain

(Piedmont Plain) and Coastal Areas (Valley Floor). The metropolitan area is divided by two non-

perennial river streams namely Lyari and Malir Rivers. The Malir River flows from the east towards

the south and centre, and the Lyari River flows from north to the south west. Gujjar and Orangi are

the two main tributaries of the Lyari River while Thaddo and Chakalo are the main tributaries of the

Malir River. The dry weather flow of both rivers carries urban sewage that is ultimately drained in

the Arabian Sea. Among the various physiographic features, low flat-topped parallel hills devoid of

vegetation, interspersed with widespread plains and dry riverbeds are the main topographic

characteristics of the city.

The greatest height of the region is 250 ft that gradually decreases to 5 ft above mean sea level

along the coastline. The Karachi Harbour is a sheltered bay to the south-west of the city, protected

from storms by the Sandspit Beach, the Manora Island and the Oyster Rocks.

The Arabian Sea beach lines the southern coastline of Karachi. Dense mangroves and creeks of the

Indus delta can be found towards the south east side of the city. Towards the west and the north is

Cape Monze, an area marked with projecting sea cliffs and rocky sandstone promontories.

Soil: The soil mainly consists of fill materials brown medium dense to dense, coarse sand, coarse

sand and little clayey silt up to the depth of 10 feet from ground surface. Beneath this, substrata

comprise of dense to brown hard, conglomerate fractured upto 25 ft; then followed by the layer of

brown soft to medium hard claystone deposits upto the depth of roughly 30ft


Final Report


Figure 4.4: Geomorphological Map of Karachi


Final Report


Subsurface Characteristics of Microenvironment: Soil investigation analysis at project site has

revealed that top 0.9 inch is clayey SILT. This is underlain by 3.0 feet consists of yellowish-brown

course to fine SAND with traces of fine Gravels, underlain by Yellowish brown coarse to fine SAND

with fine Gravels upto 5.0 ft. This is underlain by Yellowish Brown medium Dense to Dense firm to

medium SAND with fine Gravels. Silty Clay as Binder upto 13.0 ft. This is underlain by Yellowish

Brown Dense fine to coarse SAND with coarse to fine Gravels, Silty Clay as Binder upto 24.0 ft. This

is underlain by Brownish Yellow medium Fense fine Sandy Clayey SILT with traces of fine Gravels up

to 30.0 ft. Major Surface Deposits are classified as follows:

Yellowish Brown Clayey SILT

Yellowish Brown coarse to fine SAND with traces of fine Gravels

Yellowish Brown coarse to find SAND with fine Gravels

Yellowish Brown medium Dense to Dense firm to medium SAND with fine Gravels. Silty Clay

as Binder

Yellowish Brown Dense fine to coarse SAND with coarse to fine Gravels, Silty Clay as Binder

Brownish Yellow medium Fense fine Sandy Clayey SILT with traces of fine Gravels

Ground water was encountered at a depth of about 22’-4” below the existing ground level. Chloride

and sulphate content lie in the moderate range. The pH values indicate that groundwater is slightly

basic in nature.

4.1.2 Seismicity

Seismotectonic Study for macroenvironment of Project site aims at elucidating the impact of

tectonic movement induced seismicity on the microenvironment. Seismicity in the Karachi region

is related to the pressure potential being built at the convergence of the three lithospheric

plates: Indian, Arabian, and Eurasian at the Triple Junction (Figure 4.5 & 4.6) formed by the

intersection of Owen fracture zone, the Makran subduction zone and the Ornach-Nal fault. The

Murray Ridge extends northward into Pakistan, to unite the Ornach-Nal-Chaman Fault system

onshore, displaying a strike-slip boundary between the major tectonic plates of India and

Eurasia1.

Karachi and its environs fall in the synclinorium, described earlier as being part of Indus deltaic

region. Recession of the delta and its retreat towards the southeast dried up its numerous

channels, estuaries and creeks that characterize the synclines and are part of the active faults.

Tectonic instability of this region can be attributed to this large number of reverse and tear faults

and the recently described wrench faults.2

1 (Baloch, S.M. & Quirk, D.G., Mesozoic to Neogene Tectonism and Evolution of Murray Ridge, Pak. Jour. of Hydrocarbon Research, Islamabad, 13). 2 (Riding the mobile Karachi arc, Pakistan: Understanding tectonic threats Ghulam Sarwar and Anwar Alizai, Journal of Himalayan Earth Sciences 46(2) (2013) 9-24).


Final Report


Figure 4.5: Seismicity & Natural Disasters - Pakistan, 1990-2000.

Figure 4.6: Schematic plate tectonic sketch map showing the Karachi Arc and its regional tectonic framework.


Final Report


Figure 4.7: Earthquake epicenter plots for the time period 1902-2013.

The first number refers to the list numbers whereas the second number represents depth of

hypocenter in kilometers. The Red Crosses represent neighborhoods plagued by recurrent

seismic activity, usually of low magnitude3

Sarwar and Alizai have compiled a list of earthquakes during the 1902-2013 period and also

produced the above map that gives a distribution of hypocenters of earthquakes during the same

period. From the distribution of hypocenters, it has been inferred that the entire Karachi Arc and

surrounding areas are seismically active with hypocenters ranging in depth from 0-500

kilometers. From the depth of hypocenters, it is inferred that active deformation has taken place

at multi-levels ranging from shallow to deep in the basement. Quite a few of the recent

epicenters are found within or in close proximity to parts of Karachi that have faced recurrent

earthquake activity.

Seismic activity in the region is the result of the triple junction as well as the Karachi Arc, located

in southeastern Pakistan, as a large fold and thrust belt that shows Neogene thin-skinned

eastward movement (Sarwar and DeJong, 1979; Schelling, 1999). Seismic activity in and around

the region shows that the Karachi Arc has been active since long in prompting the eastward

movement of the delta. It is possible that the movement is related to the rebound that takes

place after mass shift. Sarwar has suggested that the eastward creep of Karachi Arc is directly

related to active subsidence of the Hyderabad graben that underlies it and also defines the

northern and southern limits of the Karachi Arc.4

3 (Source: Pakistan Meteorological Department, June 2013 & Ghulam Sarwar and Anwar Alizai, Journal of Himalayan Earth Sciences 46(2) (2013) 9-24) 4 (Sarwar, G., 2004. Earthquakes and the Neo-Tectonic Framework of the Kutch-Hyderabad-Karachi Triple Junction Area, Indo-Pakistan. Pakistan Journal of Hydrocarbon Research, 14, 35-40).


Final Report


It may be added that subsidence such as that on Southern coast of Sindh, occurs naturally as a

result of plate tectonic activity above active faults, and in places where fluid is expelled from

underlying sediments and is common at river deltas that may have receded. Earthquakes arise

and result from the release of the force along the growth fault plane. As a result, many different

growth faults are created as sediment loads shift basinward and landward.

Earthquakes: Historically the coastal region has suffered a number of earthquakes. A list of

earthquakes that have affected Karachi and its vicinity has been compiled by the Meteorological

Department and listed by Sarwar and Alizai.

Some of the events are listed in Table-4.1.

Table-4.1: List of Earthquake in Indus Deltaic Region and surrounding within Latitude 23.0-25.0N and Longitude 67.5-71.0E

Date Lat-N Lat-E Magnitude

Depth (km) Richter Scale

26-09-1977 25.4 68.2 33 4.5

25-11-1982 25.6 67.9 33 4.9

17-12-1985 24.9 67.4 33 4.9

24-12-1985 24.8 67.6 33 4.7

10-09-1991 24.4 67.7 33 4.8

19-09-1991 24.3 68.7 33 4.7

23-04-1992 24.3 68.8 33 3.7

24-12-1992 25.2 67.7 33 3.6

05-02-1993 24.6 68.9 33 4.3

26-01-2001 23.4 70.3 17 7.6

The largest earthquake that was incident in 1819, had a magnitude of 8.0; it was felt over almost

all over the Indian sub-continent. Eastern branch of the Indus River was blocked, long tract of

alluvial land was uplifted, and there was surface faulting and subsequent subsidence in the

epicentre area. This fault produced a scarp called “The Allah Bund”.

Seismicity of the Site: According to the Uniform Building Code (1997), Karachi and its adjoining

areas fall in Seismic Zone-2B.

4.1.3 Liquefaction Features Caused by Earthquake

Liquefaction is a total loss of strength due to undrained restructuring. Disturbance, by shearing

or vibration, destroys soil skeleton, with loss of grain contact and decrease of porosity, soil load is

transferred to pore water, water pressure>normal stress=0, and soil acts as a liquid. Drainage

reduces pore water pressure, allows grain contact and thixotropic recovery of strength

(Waltham, 2002). Strong shaking produces liquefaction in the fine sands and silts during the

earthquake. This causes the mineral grains to settle and expel their interstitial water to the

surface. If the pore-water pressure rises to a level approaching the weight of overlying soil, the

granular layer behaves as a viscous liquid rather than a solid and leads to collapse of even

engineered structures. Liquefaction has been abundant in areas, where groundwater lies within

10 meters of the ground surface (Husain et al., 2004). Investigators typically have designated

sites as “Liquefied” on the basis of the presence of surficial liquefaction features, such as venting

of sediment to the surface (i.e., sand boils), ground cracking associated with liquefaction (e.g.,

lateral spreading), or surface settlements. Other evidence of liquefaction includes tilting or

settling of overlying structures and floating of underground structures (Olson et al., 2002).


Final Report


Mahmood and Shaikh (2008) investigated the “sinking” of a water tower in 2006 near Clifton

area and speculated about liquefaction due to mild earthquakes.

4.2 Meteorology and Climate

The climate of the macroenvironment can be characterized by dry, hot and humid conditions and

in general terms it is moderate, sunny and humid. There is a minor seasonal intervention of a mild

winter from mid-December to mid-February followed by a long hot and humid summer extending

from April to September, with monsoon rains from July to mid- September. The characteristic

climatic feature of the four seasons of Karachi is presented in Table 4.2.

Table 4.2: Seasonal Characteristics of the Climate of Karachi

Season Temperature Rainfall Wind

Summer (Mid-March to Mid-June)

The summer is hot with temperature increasing from 26.2 °C in March, rising up to 40 °C in June.

There are less frequent rain showers in summer with no more than 1 or 2 rainy days in summer. Average total amount of rain in summer is around 10 mm

The wind speed in summer is variable. It is around 2.5 m/s in March and rises upto 18 m/s in April and drops to 4 m/s for the rest of the season. The direction mostly remains blowing from West

Monsoon (Mid-June to mid-September)

The temperature in monsoon remains high but relatively lower than summer and oscillates around 32°C.

Almost 80 % of the yearly rain occurs in the monsoon with July and August being the wettest month.

The wind direction in the monsoon is mostly blowing from East.

Post-Monsoon Summer (Mid-September to November)

The average temperature post monsoon drops and average min temperature may reach 12 °C in November.

The post-monsoon period remains mostly dry and rainfall in November is around 1.8 mm.

The wind speed in September is around 3.7 m/s and drops to 1.4 m/s in November.

Winter (December to mid-March)

The winter is mild with January being the coolest month where average minimum temperature falls to 6 °C.

Like the other seasons, except monsoon, there is little occasional rainfall. The rainfall in winter is less than 50 mm.

The wind speed in the winter season increases from 1.4 m/s in December to 2.6 m/s in March. The wind direction for most part winter season is blowing from NE and changes its course to blowing from West in early March

4.2.1 Temperature

Over the course of a year, the temperature typically varies from 13°C to 36°C and is rarely

below 9°C or above 39°C (Average Weather for Karachi.5

5 (https://weatherspark.com/averages/32864/Karachi-Sindh-Pakistan).


Final Report


Figure 4.8: Daily High and Low Temperature

The daily average low (blue) and high (red) temperature with percentile bands (inner band from

25th to 75th percentile, outer band from 10th to 90th percentile). The warm season lasts

from March 25 to July 13 with an average daily high temperature above 34°C. The hottest day of

the year is May 5, with an average high of 36°C and low of 26°C. The cold season lasts

from December 18 to February 7 with an average daily high temperature below 27°C. The coldest

day of the year is January 10, with an average low of 13°C and high of 25°C6.

The following Tables show that for the thirteen years (2001-2013) the annual mean minimum

temperature ranged between 21.0 and 22.5oC and averaged at 21.8oC at Karachi Airport

Meteorological Station. The annual mean maximum on the other hand ranged between 32 and

33oC and averaged at 32.6oC. During winter the range of variation of temperature is large with

respect to maximum and minimum temperatures. The mean monthly minimum temperatures

recorded for February has a range of 7oC while the range in the case of mean monthly maximum

during the thirteen years (2001-2013) at Karachi Airport Meteorological Station is 5oC. The large

range in each case is more likely the result of lower relative heat capacity of the desiccated soil

during winter and higher relative heat capacity of soil having higher moisture content.

Table 4.3: Mean Monthly Maximum Temperature oC

Year Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Annual

2001 27.2 29.6 33.1 34.6 35.1 34.9 32.2 32.3 33.1 36.0 33.5 30.4 32.7

2002 27.0 28.2 33.3 35.4 35.6 35.1 32.2 31.6 31.4 36.5 32.7 28.1 32.3

2003 27.6 28.5 32.4 36.6 35.7 34.9 34.1 32.6 32.5 37.0 32.2 28.3 32.7

2004 26.6 29.9 36.2 35.4 36.8 35.6 33.8 32.7 32.8 33.7 33.1 29.4 33.0

2005 24.9 26.3 31.5 35.3 35.4 36.0 33.2 32.2 34.2 35.2 33.1 28.4 32.1

2006 26.0 31.3 31.8 34.0 34.6 35.3 33.8 31.0 34.2 35.0 33.4 26.3 32.2

2007 26.9 29.4 31.4 37.7 36.0 36.4 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 33.0

2008 24.4 26.9 34.3 34.4 33.9 35.1 33.5 31.9 34.7 35.5 32.5 27.2 32.0

2009 26.2 29.8 33.0 36.0 36.8 35.7 34.5 33.0 32.8 35.9 33.0 28.6 32.9

2010 27.5 29.2 34 35.7 36.5 34.7 34.6 33.2 34.5 35.9 32.7 28 33.0

6 (Average Weather for Karachi (https://weatherspark.com/averages/32864/Karachi-Sindh-Pakistan).


Final Report


2011 26.9 28.5 33.2 35.8 35.3 35.3 34.2 32.8 32.9 N/A N/A N/A N/A

2012 25.7 26.9 31.7 35.1 35.5 34.6 33.2 32.7 33.2 35.0 32.7 28.2 32.0

2013 26.7 28.0 33.3 34.0 35.1 36.5 33.8 32.1 33.0 35.7 32.3 28.3 32.4

Source: Pakistan Meteorological Department

Table 4.4: Mean Monthly Minimum Temperature oC


2001 11.5 14.9 19.6 23.8 28.1 29.0 27.1 26.5 25.9 24.4 18.6 15.8 22.1

2002 12.8 13.8 19.5 23.9 27.0 28.2 29.6 25.6 24.8 22.5 17.7 14.9 21.7

2003 12.7 16.9 19.8 24.2 26.5 28.2 23.6 27.0 25.3 20.9 15.2 12.0 21.0

2004 12.9 14.5 19.1 24.8 27.3 28.8 27.5 26.3 25.3 22.4 18.0 15.4 21.9

2005 12.3 11.3 20.3 23.0 26.4 28.3 27.2 26.6 26.6 22.9 18.9 13.0 21.4

2006 11.7 18.1 19.6 24.5 27.5 28.5 28.3 26.3 26.8 25.7 19.4 14.0 22.5

2007 13.0 17.3 19.7 24.7 27.6 28.6 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 21.8

2008 10.1 11.1 19.6 24.0 27.3 29.1 27.9 26.8 26.6 23.8 17.6 14.9 21.6

2009 14.7 16.5 20.8 23.8 27.6 28.7 28.1 27.5 26.5 22.6 17.0 13.9 22.3

2010 12.2 14.7 21.3 25.1 28 28.2 28.3 27.2 25.8 23.9 17.4 11.1 21.9

2011 11 14.5 19.7 23.1 27.1 28.8 27.8 28.6 26.5 N/A N/A N/A N/A

2012 11.2 11.9 19.1 24.5 27.2 28.0 27.9 26.9 26.4 22.7 18.6 14.2 21.5

2013 11.6 15.1 19.2 24.2 27.1 29.3 28.0 26.6 25.5 25.4 18.1 13.0 21.9


4.2.2 Precipitation

The probability that precipitation will occur has been found to vary from different days of July

and August at Karachi throughout the 1992-2012 period. Precipitation most likely occurs around

August 4, in 35% of all days. Precipitation is least likely around April 27, occurring in 2% of all days.

Thunderstorms are the most severe type of precipitation observed during 38% days precipitation.

They are most likely around August 12, when it is observed during 12% of all days. Drizzle is the

most severe precipitation observed during 34% of those days with precipitation. It is most likely

around July 30, when it is observed during 14% of all days. Moderate rain is the most severe

precipitation observed during 22% of those days with precipitation. It is most likely around July 28,

when it is observed during 8% of all days. When precipitation does occur, it is most often in the

form of thunderstorms (40% of days with precipitation have at worst thunderstorms) and cloud

burst, drizzle (36%), moderate rain (19%), and light rain (5%).7

7 (Average Weather for Karachi (https://weatherspark.com/averages/32864/Karachi-Sindh-Pakistan).


Final Report


Figure 4.9: Fraction of days on which different types of precipitation are observed

The rainfall in Karachi is extremely low and erratic; accordingly, this region falls in the semi-arid

climatic zone. The following Table shows the last thirteen years precipitation data recorded at

Karachi Airport station.

Table 4.5: Monthly Amount of Precipitation (mm) at Karachi Air Port


2001 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 10.6 73.6 16.2 N/A 0.0 0.0 0.0 33.46

2002 0.0 2.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 N/A N/A 52.2 N/A 0.0 0.5 0.4 13.87

2003 6.4 21.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 16.3 270.4 9.8 N/A 0.0 0.2 0.0 54.15

2004 13.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 N/A 3.0 5.6 N/A 39.3 0.0 4.3 13.18

2005 6.6 12.8 N/A 0.0 0.0 N/A N/A 0.3 54.9 0.0 0.0 17.1 18.34

2006 N/A 0.0 N/A 0.0 0.0 0.0 66.2 148.6 21.9 0.0 3.1 61.3 60.22

2007 0.0 13.2 33.4 0.0 0.0 110.2 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 52.26

2008 8.0 Trace 1.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 54.0 37.5 Trace 0.0 0.0 21.0 24.32

2009 3.0 Trace 0.0 Trace 0.0 2.6 159.9 44.0 68.9 0.0 0.0 1.5 55.68

2012 0.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Trace Trace 8.1 121.0 0.0 0.0 22.8 152.1

2013 Trace 20.0 2.8 30.0 0.0 Trace 5.5 105.4 4.0 1.2 0.0 0.0 168.9


The rainfall data suggests that July and August are the wettest months and that the maximum

rainfall recorded in Karachi during 2001-2009 period was 270.4 mm during the month of July

2003, while the maximum annual rainfall was 324.9 mm during the year 2003, followed by 301 mm

in 2006 and 294 mm in 2009. Karachi received 147 mm of rain between the evening of 17 July and

the morning of 19 July and another 147 mm on August 30 and 31. The year 2013 was not as

eventful as in the past. Karachi reportedly received 140mm of rain and only the low-lying areas

were affected.

The wet years have been found to follow a 3-year cycle during the first 9 years of the 3rd

Millennium. The year 2010 was among the wettest years since Karachi City had witnessed more

than 5 spells of 50 mm each during the month of July, three major spells of 60 to 100 mm in

August and two spells of 25 and 10 mm each in the month of September. In July and August 2011

again, there was heavy rainfall all over Sindh. Hyderabad received about 74 to 103 mm rain in 24


Final Report


hours and the same amount poured in Karachi and the villages in its outskirts. The torrential rains

resulted in flooding of several villages in Karachi District.

Inundation due to Heavy Rainfall Events: Highest rainfall events have occurred in July 1994:

256.3mm, July 2003: 270.4mm and August 2006: 77mm in 3 hours. According to observations

recorded for the year 2007, August 10 and 11 were witnesses to unusually high rainfall of 107 mm

in 24 hours compared with the normal of about 60 mm for August. The wettest August ever

experienced by the city was in 1979, when over 262mm of rainfall was recorded. The record for

the maximum rainfall within 24 hours in the eighth month was 166mm of rain on August 7, 1979.

The heavy rainfall was not unusual since it was caused by the general monsoon system that

travels from across Rajasthan and lays over Sindh. The monsoon weather system did not move

towards Baluchistan but the penetration of moist currents from Sindh brought scattered to

heavy rain in southern Baluchistan, particularly along its coastal regions. Major inundation and

land submergence was noticed in Karachi in July 2003 and August 2006. On both occasions

precipitation pattern and intensity was almost similar. The downpour on both occasions was a

cloud burst. For estimating the impact of inundation on the six corridors, the maximum intensity

of Rainfall of 18th August 2006 at 77mm in about 3 hours i.e. 25.7mm/hour will be considered

critical and adopted for making estimates on land submergence.

4.2.3 Humidity

The relative humidity has been found to range from 25% (dry) to 91% (very humid) over the 1992-2012

period. The air is driest around February 9, at which time the relative humidity drops

below 33% (comfortable) three days out of four; it is most humid around August 2,

exceeding 83% (humid) three days out of four.

Figure 4.10: Humidity record of Karachi

The average daily high (blue) and low (brown) relative humidity with percentile bands (inner

bands from 25th to 75th percentile, outer bands from 10th to 90th percentile). The trend of variation

of humidity is similar to that followed in the case of temperature and precipitation as is evident

from the following Figure:


Final Report


Figure 4.11: Graphical presentation of Humidity curves for lower Sindh region (1981-2004)

It has been observed that below normal evapotranspiration given by ETo and above normal

relative humidity (RH) provide ideal conditions for crop production. Contrarily below normal RH

and above normal ETo places the area under water/moisture stress, a condition that negatively

affects normal growth/yield of crops in the warmer days of summer. It is the stress situations

created by high evapotranspiration, high aridity and hence desiccation of the soil that are largely

responsible for the observed changes in climatic norms.

4.2.4 Wind Speed & Direction

The meteorology of Karachi is governed by the seasonal variations in the quality of air over the

North Arabian Sea. The wind blows throughout the year with high velocities during the summer

months, when the direction is southwest to west. During winter the wind blows from north to

northeast, shifting southwest to west in the evening hours. The wind usually carries sand and salt

resulting in severe wind erosion and corrosion. The 2001-2013 data wind velocity and direction

indicate that the velocity varied and ranged between 2.6 m/s to 12.6 m/s during the period. The

wind direction is unsettled and speed is low during the period intervening the two seasons viz.

summer and winter.


Final Report


Figure 4.12: Wind rose for Karachi (Data Source: PMD)

4.2.5 Urban Heat Island (UHI) Effect

The term "heat island" describes built environment that are hotter than nearby natural areas. An

urban heat island refers to a city or metropolitan area that is significantly warmer than its

surrounding natural areas due to human activities. The temperature difference usually is larger at

night than during the day and is most apparent when winds are weak. UHI is most noticeable

during the summer and winter seasons. It is estimated that the annual mean air temperature of a

city with 1 million or above inhabitants can be 1–3°C warmer than its surroundings. In the evening,

the difference can be as high as 12°C. The heat island can affect communities by increasing

summertime peak energy demand, air conditioning costs, air pollution and greenhouse gas

emissions, heat-related illness and mortality, and water quality.

The city of Karachi has been growing exponentially in terms of urbanization and population

growth. The city hosts more than 22 million population with a density of 4,115 persons per

kilometer square (km2). The urban area density has increased from 233 km2 in 1947 with a

population size of 0.4 million to 3,566 km2 in 2004 with a population size of 14 million (Qureshi et

al., 2008). Rapid urbanization and global warming have initiated UHI effect over the city. A strong

incidence of UHI is generally associated with a severe heat wave hazard in terms of sensible

temperature. UHI effect is the unique feature of the June 2015 heat wave in Karachi. It is

expected that with growing global warming incidence and poor coping strategies, UHI would

become a major health risk for the vulnerable segment of population in mega-cities around the

globe such as Karachi.


Final Report


Causes of Urban Heat Island Effect: The principal reason for the night time warming is the

retention of short-wave solar radiation absorbed during the day time by the building material

consisting of concrete and asphalt. These materials are commonly used in urban areas for

pavement and roofs that have significantly different thermal and radiative properties compared

to the surrounding rural areas. This causes a change in the energy balance of the metropolitan

area, often leading to higher temperatures than surrounding rural areas. This energy is then

slowly released during the night as a long wave radiation, making cooling a slow process.

Because of this phenomenon, the minimum temperatures of Karachi remained extremely high

during the heat-wave event.

There are several causes of an urban heat island effect in Karachi.

➢ Reduced and slow process of evapotranspiration due to shrinking green areas and spaces in

the city. With a decreased amount of vegetation, the city loses the shade, cooling effect of

trees and the removal of carbon dioxide.

➢ Geometric effects in terms of rising number of tall buildings are a significant contributing

factor to urban heat island effect. Over the years, the number of tall buildings within the city

has increased that provide multiple surfaces for the reflection and absorption of sunlight, and

thus increasing the efficiency with which the city is heated. This is called the "urban canyon

effect". Another effect of increased number of buildings is the blockage of wind, which also

inhibits cooling by convection and pollution from dissipating.

➢ Waste heat from automobiles, air conditioning, industry, and other sources also contributes

to the UHI. High levels of pollution in urban areas can also increase the UHI, as many forms of

pollution change the radiative properties of the atmosphere.

Aside from the effect on temperature, UHI can produce secondary effects on local meteorology,

including the altering of local wind patterns and humidity, which have been discussed in the

previous section. The UHI effect described above has been one of the major causes of

unprecedented large number of heat related deaths in Karachi. Future climate scenarios suggest

that the frequency of this kind of disasters may increase with the rise of temperature in future.

4.2.6 Impact of Climate Change - Karachi

A UK-based climate change expert has warned that there will be an exceptional change in the

temperatures in Pakistan as a whole in the coming years, but that the province of Sindh will be

less affected as compared to the other provinces of the country. Karachi may however face the

threat of rising sea levels by the year 2100, at about 8 feet below sea level. The UK-based climate

change expert said that climate change could influence monsoon dynamics and cause summer

precipitation levels to drop, as well delays in the start of the monsoon season. While another

report said that the impact of climate change in Karachi will deepen by 2030. Due to global

warming the coastline of Karachi is likely to be flooded due to rising sea levels. Many seminars

and public gathering are held in the city to make the government and public fully aware of global

warming, speakers at the seminar have urged the government to prepare long and short-term

plans to reduce the impact of global warming on natural resources. Karachi also faces the threat

from super cyclones which are said to increase their intensity and momentum in years to come.


Final Report


List of cyclones that affected Karachi and the Sindh coast: Cyclones that form in the Arabian Sea

do not usually hit Karachi or the Sindh coast, during 1902, 1907, 1944, 1964, 1985, 1999, 2007 and

2010, cyclones made landfall in the Sindh coast including Karachi. Other cyclones that are listed

below caused rains as remnants.

• In May 1902, a cyclonic storm struck the coast in the vicinity of Karachi.

• In June 1907, a tropical storm struck the coast near Karachi.

• On 27 July 1944, a cyclone left some 10,000-people homeless in Karachi.

• On 12 June 1964, a deadly cyclone made landfall near Karachi.

• On 15 December 1965, a powerful cyclone slammed the city with 10,000 casualties.

• In May 1985, a cyclonic storm made a landfall in the eastern direction of Karachi. The cyclonic

storm in 1985 which was moving towards Karachi actually had weakened over the sea while

still a few 100 Kilometers away south of Karachi.

• In November 1993, a category 1 cyclone approached the Sindh-Gujarat border but dissipated

due to high vertical shear over open waters.

• In June 1998, remnants of the category 3 Gujarati cyclone (the 5th strongest cyclone of the

Arabian Sea) killed 12 people near and in the city.

• In May 1999, again a category 3 major cyclone (the 4th strongest cyclone of Arabian Sea) hit

near the city; this Cyclone killed 700 people in Sindh including Karachi. It is the strongest

cyclone recorded in Pakistan.

• In May 2001, the powerful category 3 cyclone (the 3rd strongest cyclone of the Arabian Sea)

hit the Indian border of Gujarat. It caused rain along the Sindh coast, but no damage was

reported.

• In October 2004, a severe cyclonic storm, Cyclone Onil, approached the Sindh coast but later

recurved back to the sea; it caused heavy rain that killed 9 people in Karachi.

• In early June 2007, Super cyclonic storm Gonu (the strongest cyclone in the Arabian sea)

caused strong gusty winds in the metropolis with light rainfall as the storm was moving

towards Oman.

• In June 2007, a cyclonic storm, Cyclone Yemyin, passed near the city and killed 200 people

before moving towards Balochistan where it killed 380 people.

• In November 2009, remnants of Cyclone Phyan caused gusty winds along the Sindh coast

including Karachi. However, six Pakistani fishermen were trapped in the storm later rescued

by the Indian Navy.

• In June 2010, Cyclone Phet (the 2nd strongest cyclone in the Arabian Sea), once a powerful

category 4 cyclone, made landfall near the city as a weak tropical depression, with a total 14

casualties in and near the city.

• In November 2010, remnants of Cyclone Jal caused drizzle with dusty winds in Karachi while it

caused light to moderate rainfall in southeastern Sindh.


Final Report


• In November 2011, the outerbands of cyclone Keila brought drizzle to the city while moderate

showers to the Makran coast.

List of Notable floods in Karachi: Most of the flooding in Karachi occurs due to the monsoon

season. But due to the enhancement of the city’s infrastructure flooding has been controlled. But

still excessive and irregular rains can lead to major flooding in the metropolis. Following are some

of the major floods in the city;

• On 7 August 1953, the city received its record-breaking 24-hour rainfall causing widespread

flooding about 278.1 millimetres (10.95 in) rain was recorded.

• On 1 July 1977, Karachi received its third highest rainfall of 207 millimetres (8.1 in) in 24 hours,

it caused massive flooding in the city and killed 248 people in the city.

• In 2003, massive flooding during monsoon season devastated the Sindh, two days of rainfall

of 284.5 millimetres (11.20 in) created havoc in the city.

• In 2006, after two year of drought period heavy rainfall lashed the city during the monsoon

season, but the city came to standstill on 17 August when widespread rainfall of

77 millimetres (3.0 in) created flood-like situation in the city killing 13 people and submerging

roads, low-lying areas and underpasses with rainwater.

• In 2007, almost all the rains that occurred in this monsoon season brought flooding with it,

During the month of June Cyclone Yemyin created havoc in the city from 21 June to 26 June

2007 110.2 millimetres (4.34 in) of heavy downpour was recorded which killed 228 Karachiites

on 23 June, then from 9 August to 11 August a strong tropical depression brought massive

flooding in the city with 191 millimetres (7.5 in) of rain killing 21 people and submerging low-

lying areas and underpasses. While on 22 August a monsoon depression once again flooded

the city with 80 millimetres (3.1 in) of rainfall killing 10 people.

• On 18 July 2009, there was severe flooding due to a tropical depression, in which city’s

second highest rainfall of 245 mm (9.6 in) occurred in just 4 hours, killing 20 and injuring 150

people. Another flooding event occurred on August 31, 2009 when a well-marked low

pressure was present over Sindh, the rainfall was recorded to be around 147 mm (5.7 in).

• On September 13, 2011, life was crippled in the city due heavy rainfall that caused urban

flooding in the city. The rainfall was recorded to be around 145 mm (5.7 in).

List of droughts in Karachi: Drought-like conditions in the city are not common but if the

Monsoon season fails to deliver rains then drought emerges. Following are some of worst

drought in Karachi city.

• The major drought in Karachi as well as for whole Pakistan was from 1996 till 2002, peaking

from 1998 till 2001. While in 2002 drought conditions started to dissipate. The drought of

1998-2001 was considered worst in 50 years.

• In 2004, no rain occurred in the city as well as in Sindh province but during the month of

October heavy downpour lashed different parts of Sindh due to Cyclone Onil.

• In 2005, the drought conditions continued, but a post-monsoon low pressure dumped heavy

rains during 12 and 13 September.

• In 2009, drought conditions emerged during the summer season in suburban areas of

Karachi, due to El Nino phenomenon and caused drought during the winter season but the

monsoon rains of 2009 were above-normal.


Final Report


List of dust storms in Karachi: Windstorms generally occur when a monsoon system or tropical

storms is moving towards the city. However, dust storms sometimes occur in winter seasons due

to Western Disturbance. Dust storms also occur before the onset of monsoon season, they are

locally known as ‘Andhi’ in the country. Following is a list of windstorms as well as dust storms

that occurred in the city, however windstorm generated by a tropical storm is not mentioned in

this list.

• On September 1, 1926, A windstorm hit Karachi but not much is known about this storm.

• On May 31, 1986, A blinding dust storm hit the city for 15 minutes that toppled trees and

advertising signs, overturned vehicles and tore down electrical wiring. It reduced visibility to

near zero and blew down flimsy wood and bamboo shanties in Karachi, at least 11 persons

were killed and more than 250 injured. The dust storm of 67 mph (108 km/h) occurred due to

the interaction between the strong cold airflow and monsoon depression present over north-

western Gujarat.

• On July 4, 1994, a windstorm generated by monsoon low pressure system killed 26 people in

the city.

• On June 23, 2007, a massive dust storm hit the city followed by a heavy downpour, the

interaction between a strong low-pressure system and the outer bands of Cyclone Yemyin

which was still over western India as a tropical depression caused 69 mph (111 km/h)

windstorm that uprooted billboards, trees, traffic signals and caused 200 deaths in the city

due to the collapse of roofs of many houses in the port city.

• On February 22, 2008, a dust storm struck the city which reduced the visibility to merely

500 metres, the dust storm was due to the westerly winds that were coming from the desert

regions of Balochistan.

• On March 19, 2012, a mild dust storm hit the city that caused 65 km/h winds to blow in the city

while the visibility dropped to just 200 metre.

• On May 19, 2012, a weak dust storm gripped the metropolis with highest wind of 72 km/h.

4.3 Ambient Air Quality & Noise

Transportation system and indiscriminate burning of garbage are the dominant sources of air

pollution in Karachi. Operation of defective vehicles, use of low-quality fuel, and increase in the

number of vehicles beyond the capacity of roads are the main reasons for deterioration of ambient

air quality. However, the impact of air pollution emanating from transportation system has been

found limited to the roadways and that too at traffic intersections and on the middle of the road.

Emissions from stationary sources e.g. residential and business districts associated with fuel

combustion for domestic use and power generation are significant but have limited extent.

Studies undertaken between 1987 and 1994 had raised concern on the deteriorating air quality and

noise levels. Studies over the past decade, had quantified the problem and identified the

tremendous growth in volume of traffic as the main factor responsible for increasing congestion all

over Karachi roads and aggravating the problem.

The Feasibility Study undertaken for CDGK to monitor the air quality at 26 intersections all over the

main corridors of Karachi City from March 2005 to February 2006 has found the levels of pollutants

on major transport corridors of Karachi to be in the following range:


Final Report


Figure 4.13: SO2 Levels in Karachi

Figure 4.14: NOx Levels in Karachi


Final Report


Figure 4.15: CO Levels in Karachi

Figure 4.16: CO2 Levels in Karachi


Final Report


Figure 4.17: PM10 Levels in Karachi

Figure 4.18: Noise Levels in Karachi


Final Report


It has been noted from the analysis of data that except the average concentration of SO2, each

pollutant has a concentration much higher than desired by National Environmental Quality

Standards & World Bank Guidelines. This study has highlighted the increasing level of NOx, PM &

CO to critical limits as the major environmental problem created by the Transport Sector. The

main findings of this study are that the pollution load that is being mainly contributed by

operation of trucks and buses on diesel oil, and the rickshaws on two stroke engines is composed

of NOx and PM whose concentration has increased to critical limits while that of CO is

approaching these limits at almost all the intersections in the Metropolitan area. High Noise level

and rise in temperature and humidity are other irritants that are annoying for the living

environment in general but the corridor of impact along the middle and northeast sections of the

roads in particular.

Sindh Environmental Protection Agency (SEPA) has been uploading the data of ambient air

quality on their website (www.epasindh.gov.pk) received from the monitoring stations of SEPA

and analyzed by SEPA Laboratory team. The results presented below clearly show the levels of

dust are far exceeding the limits set by SEQS. The reasons are obvious; indiscriminate cutting

down of trees and vegetation on and along major corridors of Karachi as well the vehicles plying

on road with no control. According to the report of Vehicular Emission Control Programme

(VECOP) by the SEPA, regular monitoring and inspection was started from January 2010 and

during the first 18 months, about 11,384 vehicles of all categories have been inspected and tested

for their emission levels. Out of them, about 3,503 did not comply with the NEQS for vehicles and

1,947 were challenged by the traffic police for violation of the standards.

Source: EPA Sindh

http://www.epasindh.gov.pk/


Final Report


Source: EPA Sindh

Source: EPA Sindh

Source: EPA Sindh


Final Report


Source: EPA Sindh

Source: EPA Sindh

Figure 4.19: Ambient Air Quality of Karachi (Source: SEPA Monitoring Station)

An ambient air monitoring study was conducted in the micro environment of the proposed

project. The air-shed of the site of Credible Towers site has, according to the assessment of

ambient air quality been classified as moderately polluted in terms of dust levels with SPM/TSP,

PM10 and PM2.5 at 143 µg/m3, 77µg/m3 and 34.8 µg/m3. The levels of SO2 → 11.9 µg/m3, NO→ 9.8

µg/m3, NO2→ 37.1 µg/m3, CO→ 1.4 mg/m3 and O3 → 9.3 µg/m3 were found with the permissible

limits of SEQS however the levels of pollutants of concern (SPM/TSP, PM10 and PM2.5) do not

comply with WHO limits with regard to human health. It is only the moderate velocity wind in

Karachi that is saving the residents from the hazards of air pollution. The noise levels ranging

from 66.3dB(A) to 80.2dB(A) that in excess of SEQS8. As such contribution of the traffic related

8 SEQS Limits: 55/45 dB(A) Leq Day/Night. These are the SEQS Limits for Residential Area (A) Category Zone Sindh Environmental Protection Act, 2014 No. PAS/Legis-B-06/2014


Final Report


emissions and noise levels on the adjoining roads of the project site will be a major nuisance and

will have to be mitigated in the project architectural design.

4.4 Water Resources, Water Quality and Drainage

Hydrogeologically, the city of Karachi lies in the Hab River Basin and the Malir River Basin. The Malir

River Basin is drained by the Malir River and the Lyari River. The aquifer of Karachi is, therefore,

mainly recharged by seepage from Hab River, Hab Dam as well as the Malir and the Lyari Rivers. The

Hab River lies on the western frontier of Sindh and for some distance the boundary between Sindh

and the Baluchistan provinces. It located about 30 km to the west of Karachi, along the Karachi-

Lasbela boundary. It falls into the Arabian Sea near Cape Monze, with a total drainage course

length of 336 km. During the past several years, a number of pumping wells have been installed to

meet requirements for the irrigation-water supply (to raise vegetables, fruits, dairy and poultry)

and drinking-water supply for Karachi. Excessive pumping of groundwater and continuous lowering

of water-table is likely to result in intrusion of seawater into the Malir Basin under natural seepage

conditions and under artificially induced conditions of recharge of saline seawater in the coastal

aquifer(s) of Karachi.

Recharge Sources: Five possible water-sources are contributing to the groundwater recharge in

Karachi. The first possible source is the rainfall. As the city of Karachi suffers from deficit of

precipitation (only rainfall), the contribution to shallow groundwater storage from rain is very little.

However, rainfall in the hinterlands and other areas surrounding Karachi may significantly

contribute to the groundwater flow-system. The two freshwater sources are the Hab Lake/Hab

Dam and the Indus River. Water from Hab Dam and the Indus River is piped to various residential

zones in Karachi for drinking and irrigation purposes. The spring water discharges into Malir River

and Lyari River and the municipal/industrial waste effluents added to these rivers are also

contributing to groundwater storage as a fourth recharge source. Seawater intrusion along Karachi

coast is the fifth possible source.

Shallow Groundwater: Physico-chemical data of shallow groundwater (depth less than 30 meters)

shows that the shallow wells, located in the vicinity of coast and in the proximity of polluted rivers,

have relatively higher values of electrical conductivity, salinity and population of Coliform bacteria.

The shallow groundwater is moderately saline, representing electrical conductivity values in the

range of 1.1 to 1.9 mS/cm and salinity in the range of 1 ppt. The pH of shallow groundwater varies

from mildly acidic (~6.3) to mildly alkaline values (~7.9). Areas with quite poor sanitary conditions

have relatively low values of pH (~6.3 to 6.8). Shallow groundwater below 20 meters is slightly

reducing. The dissolved oxygen is in the range of 1.5 to 7.9 mg/L. Turbidity of shallow groundwater

varies between 3.6 NTU and 95 NTU. The concentration of HCO3 - (356-514ppm, n=4), Cl- (82-169

ppm, n=4) and SO4-2 (38-117 ppm, n=4) in shallow groundwater is very reasonable. The mean

chemical concentrations of Cl-, SO4-2 and HCO3

- in shallow groundwater are as follows:

• Mean Cl- (Shallow Groundwater): 132.8 + 36.5 ppm (n=4)

• Mean SO4 -2 (Shallow Groundwater): 63.3 + 36.7 ppm (n=4)

• Mean HCO3 - (Shallow Groundwater): 423 + 67.4 ppm (n=4)

The range of variation in stable isotope content of total dissolved inorganic carbon (TDIC) and

oxygen in Lyari River water is as follows:

• δ 18 O (Shallow Groundwater) -6.3 to -5.8 ‰ V-SMOW (n=8)


Final Report


• δ 13 C (TDIC-Shallow Groundwater): -16.5 to -5.5 ‰ PDB (n=8)

The mean stable isotope content of 18O and 13C in shallow groundwater is as follows:

• Mean δ 18 O (Shallow Groundwater): -5.9 + 0.32 ‰ V-SMOW (n=8)

• Mean δ 13 C (TDIC-Shallow Groundwater): -10.1 + 3.3 ‰PDB (n=8)

The stable-isotope results indicate that the shallow / phreatic aquifers are recharged by a mixture of

fresh waters of Indus River and Hab River (draining spring water and flooded rainwater), as well as

polluted Layari and Malir rivers and their feeding drains (both under natural infiltration conditions

and artificially induced infiltration conditions) and, to a much smaller extent, from direct recharge

of local precipitation.

Deep Groundwater: In general, Deep groundwater is mostly saline and has high electrical

conductivity (range: 1.9- 19.1 mS/cm) and salinity (range: 1.7-7.4 ppt), as compared to shallow

groundwater.

Based on hydro chemical data of water samples collected from pumping wells, it is assumed that

the shallow mixed deep groundwater discharged by large-scale pumping wells mainly represents

the deep groundwater from confined aquifer. The mean chemical concentrations of Cl-, SO4-2 and

HCO3- in shallow mixed deep groundwater are as follows:

• Mean Cl- (Deep Groundwater): 2169.2 + 1828.0 ppm (n=9)

• Mean SO4-2 (Deep Groundwater): 458.4 + 691.4 ppm (n=9)

• Mean HCO3- (Deep Groundwater): 353.6 + 215.4 ppm (n=9)

The range of variation in stable isotope content of total dissolved inorganic carbon (TDIC) and

oxygen in shallow mixed deep groundwater is as follows:

• δ 18 O (Deep Groundwater): - 6.2 to -4.2 ‰ V-SMOW (n=10)

• δ 13 C (TDIC - Deep Groundwater): -13.2 to -0.3 ‰ PDB (n=10)

The mean stable isotope content of 18O in shallow mixed deep groundwater is as follows:

• Mean δ 18 O (Deep Groundwater): -5.3 +0.7‰ V-SMOW (n=10)

• Mean δ 13 C (TDIC- Deep Groundwater): -10.5 + 3.7‰ PDB (n=10)

The hydro chemical and stable isotope results indicate that the confined aquifer hosts a mixture of

rainwater from hinterlands and surrounding regions around coastal Karachi, as well as sea trapped

water / seawater, through intrusion under natural infiltration conditions or under induced recharge

conditions.

Groundwater Recharge Characteristics/Sea water Intrusion: Presently, coastal Karachi is known to

have five sources of recharge to its groundwater reserves.

(i) Rainfall,

(ii) Indus River water supply

(iii) Hab-River & Hab Lake water supply

(iv) Polluted Lyari and Malir rivers/ contributory channels draining mixtures of domestic industrial

and agricultural wastewater, composed of pre-said three sources

(v) Seawater.


Final Report


The possibilities of major contribution to groundwater recharge of shallow/phreatic aquifer directly

by local rainfall seems very small, due to very poor frequency of rainfall events and rainfall

intensities in the Karachi and high evaporation rates. The long-term (15 years annual record) mean

monthly average precipitation for Karachi is between 0-15 mm during the months of January to

June, 23 - 91 mm during the months of July to September, and 0-7 mm during the months of

October to December. The remaining four sources play a significant role in recharge of the shallow

aquifer-system and deep groundwater system (confined aquifer) in coastal Karachi. Unpolluted

seawater of Karachi coast is characterized by a δ 18O value of ~ +1 ‰ VSMOW and a chloride

content of ~23000 ppm. Both the Lyari River and Malir River waters, as well as the Indus River

water and the Hab Lake water, have extremely very low aqueous contents of chloride and sulfate

ions as compared to seawater. The average mean value of δ 18O in polluted river waters is ~ 5 ‰ V-

SMOW and in shallow groundwater is -5.9 ‰ V-SMOW. The relatively deeper ground waters

representing confined aquifer have a mean δ 18O value of -4.3 ‰ VSMOW and excessively high

values of aqueous chloride and sulfate.

Water Supply and Sewerage System: The water supply and sewerage system is managed by

Karachi Water Supply & Sewerage Board (KW&SB). Present water supply system of Karachi City has

a supply capacity of 560 mgd. Actually, as of the end of year 2006, the KW&SB supply bulk water of

about 630 mgd beyond the capacity as shown in following Table. Out of 630 mgd, water of 209

mgd is supplied without filtration, which is equivalent to one third of actual supply amount of 630

mgd.

Table 4.6: Present Water Supply Capacity

Supplied from Rated Capacity Actual Supply

Gharo Filtration Plant 20 mgd 30 mgd

Pipri Filtration Plant with Filtration 100 mgd 102 mgd

without Filtration - 32 mgd

Dumlottee Conduit (without Filtration)

from Wells 20 mgd 0 mgd

from GK/K-III Systems - 17 mgd

NEK Old Filtration Plant 25 mgd 5 mgd

NEK New Filtration Plant 100 mgd 100 mgd

COD Filtration Plant with Filtration 115 mgd 104 mgd

without Filtration - 48 mgd

Hub Filtration Plant 80 mgd 80 mgd

Supply without Filtration (from K-III System) 100 mgd 95 mgd

Supply without Filtration (from GK System) - 17 mgd

Total 560 mgd 630 mgd

The water distribution network in Karachi covers 18 towns, 6 Cantonments and a Defense Housing

Authority (DHA) Area. These 18 towns are included in 5 administrative water supply zones classified

by the KW&SB, which is shown on Figure.


Final Report


Figure 4.20: Karachi Monthly Water Demand (Source: Pakistan Development Perspective)


Final Report


Figure 4.21: Existing Water Distribution Zones


Final Report


Figure 4.22: Water Transmission System


Final Report


The existing sewerage catchment area which covers 18 towns in Karachi city is divided into three

districts, namely: respective catchment area of T.P-1, T.P-2 and T.P-3. KW&SB formulated the Master

Plan of the water supply and sewerage system in cooperation with JICA in 2008. However, most of

the projects for rehabilitation and augmentation proposed in the Master Plan study, etc. have not

been carried out due to financial constraint of KW&SB. Due its negligence to maintain and

operationalize the treatment plants, not only municipal effluent but industrial effluent also is

directly going into sea destroying marine life. Malir Cantonment is the largest Cantonment in

Pakistan, created back in 1942. Next to the Defence Housing Authority (Karachi), it has the largest

number of defence officers' housing schemes in Pakistan but without a modern sewerage system.

In January 2018, the Supreme Court appointed Honourable Justice Amir Hani Muslim, a retired

Supreme Court judge, the new head of the water commission with a mandate to ‘implement” the

recommendations of the previous commission that the apex court had formed in December 2016 in

response to my constitutional petition. The commission turned into a forum of first choice for many

water-starved people, whether living in Tharparker’s deserts or Karachi’s posh localities. Treatment

of sewage, a much-neglected issue, saw a revival under the commission. Thus, Sewage Treatment

Plant-III (77MGD) was restored in June 2018. STP-I (100MGD) would start by end of 2019. STP-IV

(180MGD) should also operate by December 2020. Five industrial effluent treatment plants are

scheduled to be built in the SITE, Trans-Lyari, F.B, Landhi and Superhighway areas.

Figure 4.23: Existing Sewerage System of Karachi

Land use Changes and their Impacts on Natural Drainage System of Malir River Basin: Rapid

urbanization of mega cities in developing countries has been responsible for not only alterations in


Final Report


the natural phenomena but has posed serious health challenges due to insufficient water and

sanitation infrastructures, inappropriate waste treatment and disposal facilities and substandard

living conditions. Less privileged communities that migrate to big cities are not only victims of

several types of communal diseases but are more vulnerable to natural disasters. Rapid

urbanization of a city may alter its natural hydrology giving rise to blockage and frequent flooding

of the drains.

Surface Water Drainage and Flooding in Karachi City: The problem of urban flooding is quite

significant in Karachi which is the industrial and business hub of Pakistan. Karachi had experienced

severe floods which occurred periodically. In 1977 severe flood occurred in the flood plains of the

Malir River and the Lyari River killed 267 people, more than 30,000 were homeless and 100,000

were temporarily dislocated. Houses were destroyed and roads were damaged. The total loss was

estimated about 5 billion rupees (KDA, 1981). The present study deals with urban flooding which

has now become a serious problem all over the world, affecting urban life, infrastructure, mobility

of people and economy of the city. In this context Karachi has been selected for study which is the

largest city of Pakistan.

Surface Water Drainage in Malir River Basin9: The Malir River basin and the Lyari River basin are

two main basins which contribute about 80 percent of the surface runoff. The Budnai basin and the

coastal basin are minor basins. All basins collect surface runoff through hundreds of small and large

channels which finally drain into sea.

Malir River System10: Malir River basin has total catchment area of about 1,850 square kilometer

around south eastern boundary of Karachi. Malir River system consists of two major streams, Mol

and Khaddeji, and three tributaries named Konkar, Thaddo and Sukkan. River flows southwards

and westwards through Gizri Creek and discharges finally into the Arabian Sea. The central part of

the river basin is made-up of sediment deposits comprising coarse conglomerate, sand stone,

claystone and limestone, whereas, the lower plain is composed of alluvial deposits. In the lower

plain, the river is wider and shallower and gets braided. The catchment has a rugged terrain and

comprise of rocky waste land covered with sandy soil. Common vegetation in the river basin

includes shrub trees and bushes. The lower part of the basin has good grass cover full of orchards

and vegetable patches which gradually reduces southwards. Slums are located on both sides of the

river with some industrial units. Malir River overflows during the monsoon rainfalls. Storm water

stays in the surrounding area for extended period of time due to insufficient drainage which

damages the infrastructure and property11. Disposal of untreated industrial and municipal effluent

has also severely contaminated the water of Malir River. This may become a serious health issue

since most of this water is used to irrigate crops which are consumed by the citizens of Karachi12,13.

9 Surface Water Drainage and Flooding in Karachi City 10 Landuse Changes and their Impacts on Natural Drainage System of Malir River Basin 11 Farooq, M. A., et al. (2010). "Human Induced Impact on Malir River Basin Karachi, Pakistan." World Appl. Sci. J 9(12):

1450- 1456 12 ZUBAIR, A., et al. (2009). "Hydrochemical Interpretation of Stormwater Impact on Groundwater using Factor Analysis." JEPS 3: 117-123 13 ZUBAIR, A., et al. (2009). "Hydrochemical Interpretation of Stormwater Impact on Groundwater using Factor Analysis." JEPS 3: 117-123


Final Report


Figure 4.24: Blockages in Malir River (January 2015)

Figure 4.25: Blockages in Malir River 2000 Figure 4.20: Blockages in Malir River 2015


Final Report


Table 4.8: Blockage in Malir River and its Tributaries based on Satellite Data

S.# Rivers of Malir

Basin Blockage Type Geographical Position

1 Sukkan Nadi Agriculture field/Siltation 67º22’24.272”E 24º57’16.871”N

2 Bazar Naddi Agriculture/Settlemetn 67º19’21.075”E 24º57’2.247”N

3 Jamado Ndi Siltatiom & Agriculture 67º22’33.461”E 25º0’15.589”N

4 Malir Nadi Agriculture/Seweage/Siltation/Urban 67º10’18.873” E 24º51’57.589”N

5 Mol Nadi Agriculture 67º24’14.539”E 25º3’33.235”N

6 Khadeji Nadi Agriculture 67º25’40.299”E 25º2’32.542”N

7 Thaddo Nadi Agriculture/Siltation 67º15’40.689”E 24º58’2.917”N

8 Konkar Nadi Agriculture 67º14’11.128”E 25º1’3.743”N

*Coordinate system: WGS 1984 UTM Zone 42N

Malir River Basin14: The Malir River basin is the largest basin and source of surface runoff and

sediments load. The Malir River forms a result of the confluence of two main rivers the Mol River

and the Khadeji River. The catchment area of the Mol River is about 620 square km and the Khadeji

River is 580 square km (WAPDA, 1990). The Mol River originates from the Kohistan hills at the

height of 640-meter eroding Mol plateau and flows 105 km up to Super Highway where it joins the

Malir River.

Flooding in Karachi: Urban flooding is caused by heavy rainfall overwhelming drainage capacity.

The primary cause of flooding in Karachi city is torrential rainfall due to tropical storm and monsoon

which saturate soil and create huge surface runoff. Floods in urban conditions are flashy in nature

and occur both on built up surfaces like roads and streets, parking lots, yards, parks etc. and creeks

of urban areas like the Lyari, the Gizri, and the Korangi creek.

Table 4.9: Catchment Areaas and Surface Runoff of Malir Rivers

Catchment Area (Sq. km. 567 596 1205 1985

Mean Annual Runoff 34 45 74 60

Maximum Annual Runoff 187 255 392 424

Table 4.10: Drainage characteristics of River Basins of Karachi

River Basin Length of Streams Basin Area

Sq.km Branching Ratio

Drainage Density km/sq.km

Malir River Basin 725 2167 Dendritic 3.4

Lyari River Basin 180 578 Dendritic 5.6

Budnai Basin 46 95 Dendritic 5.7

14 Landuse Changes and their Impacts on Natural Drainage System of Malir River Basin


Final Report


4.4.1 Water Quality

Because of unsafe and insufficient water supply and low sanitation coverage, as well as people’s

poor hygiene habits, around 60 percent of children suffer from diarrhea that is fatal if not treated in

time. Concerns have been raised by various quarters about contamination in drinking water supply

in the distribution network and possible linkages with water borne diseases in the city. The

seriousness of the issue can be rated from the fact that in the year 2002, the Provincial Ombudsman

Sindh, Justice Haziqul Khairi in response to a growing number of reports received from all over the

Sindh province about the supply of contaminated drinking water, instituted a study for

investigating the claims of the public and assessing the causes of contamination.

Regarding the quality of surface water supplied to the consumers, the Study Report prepared by

Dr. Mirza Arshad Ali Beg, concluded that about 75% of the water supplied to Karachi is chlorinated.

Shortfall in the availability of water for drinking constrains the distribution to intermittent supply

that is one of the main causes of water pollution.

The water that leaks through the distribution mains and smaller pipes, particularly the ones that

were laid long time before and in the Third Phase of the Bulk Water Supply scheme for Karachi,

creates an underground pool during the supply hours. This serves as a nursery to the micro-

organisms, including fecal coliform released by the leaky sewers crisscrossing the water supply

pipes. Sewage might enter into the distribution system due to vacuum created during idle hours.

This is the reason for the gradual depletion of free-active chlorine in the treated water as it

proceeds from the filter plant to the distribution network and in its onward journey to the

households. The findings of the analysis of the water samples suggest that the water even though

treated gets contaminated in the distribution network and on its way to the consumers.

This finding suggests that the water as received by the residents is not safe for drinking.

Assessment of ground water quality in the aforementioned Ombudsman Study Report indicated

that ground water has been over exploited in Sindh and the drying of traditional wells in the

vegetable and fruit growing areas in the suburbs of Karachi has occurred. Although water quality

has not been tested yet, groundwater pollution by nitrates, pesticides, heavy metals and

hydrocarbons discharged into the environment is not negligible. The salinity of groundwater in

Southern Sindh, particularly in the coastal areas has increased since over pumping has induced

seawater to flow in, causing what is known as seawater intrusion.

The fact, also acknowledged by KW&SB that 150 mgd (681,900 m3/day) of water supplied to the

consumers is chlorinated and bypasses the KW&SB filter plants is an important indicator of the

need of addressing this issue on a priority basis. The Ombudsman Study Report says that the water

drawn from about 95% of the wells in the city of Karachi is contaminated with sewage bacteria and

also contains total dissolved solids beyond permissible limits. The Ombudsman Study Report also

documents that 90% of the survey sample tests conducted by PCSIR indicate that the water is unfit

for drinking purposes referring to the guidelines set by the World Health Organization (WHO).

Drinking Water Quality in Malir Town15: A study conducted by Department of Environmental

Sciences, University of Karachi investigated the physico-chemical and public health profile of

drinking water of Malir town, Karachi. Malir town has a low socioeconomic profile as compared to

15 Physico-Chemical and Bacteriological Characteristics of Drinking Water of Malir Town, Karachi, Pakistan


Final Report


other 18 towns of Karachi. The town has a poor water supply and sanitation system due to which

the local population is a victim of deadly diseases. Water Samples were collected from various

locations. The quality of water was examined for TDS, TSS, Ph, Turbidity, chloride, sulphate,

hardness and alkalinity. In addition, examination of metals was also tested which includes Na, K, Ca

and Mg.

The physic-chemical quality of drinking water was found good from the health view point.

However, water from all the samples failed to meet WHO guidelines for bacteriological quality of

drinking water. It was disturbing to notice that none of the water samples has residual chlorine

which indicates that the supplied water to the consumer is heavily polluted with the organisms of

public health importance which is due to the obsolete and faulty distribution network which

required immediate attention from KWSB.

Water samples were collected from 10 different sites from Malir Town during August – October

2015 presented in figure below. The water samples were collected in two (2) liters pre-sterilized

glass bottles. The bottle was carefully filled to avoid trapping air bubbles. The samples were sealed

having specific codes, labeled and transported to get tested in the Institute of Environmental

Studies laboratory in refrigerated condition.

Figure 4.26: Map of Sampling sites in Malir Town

Table 4.11: Coordinates of the Sampling Locations

S.No. Sample No. Coordinates S.No. Sample No. Coordinates

1 M-1 24° 53’ 22.83’’N, 67° 10’ 43.42’’E

22 M-22 24° 53’ 42.61’’N, 67° 12’ 07.50’’E


Final Report


Table 4.11: Coordinates of the Sampling Locations

S.No. Sample No. Coordinates S.No. Sample No. Coordinates

2 M-2 24° 53’ 38.83’’N, 67° 10’ 37.76’’E

23 M-23 24° 53’ 38.66’’N, 67° 11’ 52.76’’E

3 M-3 24° 53’ 57.97’’N, 67° 10’ 50.057’’E

24 M-24 24° 53’ 27.57’’N, 67° 12’ 07.23’’E

4 M-4 24° 54’ 12.15’’N, 67 °10’ 55.16’’E

25 M-25 24° 53’ 05.50’’N, 67° 11’ 56.33’’E

5 M-5 24° 54’ 38.30’’N, 67° 11’ 08.58’’E

26 M-26 24° 52’ 51.82’’N, 67° 12’ 12.51’’E

6 M-6 24° 54’ 43.54’’N, 67° 11’ 55.04’’E

27 M-27 24° 52’ 50.88’’N, 67° 11’ 55.55’’E

7 M-7 24° 54’ 43.54’’N, 67° 11’ 55.04’’E

28 M-28 24° 52’ 59.30’’N, 67° 11’ 32.92’’E

8 M-8 24° 54’ 37.94’’N, 67° 11’ 37.27’’E

29 M-29 24° 52’ 45.33’’N, 67° 11’ 22.41’’E

9 M-9 24° 54’ 08.29’’N, 67° 11’ 25.19’’E

30 M-30 24° 52’ 43.08’’N, 67° 10’ 41.30’’E

10 M-10 24° 54’ 05.90’’N, 67° 11’ 50.95’’E

31 M-31 24° 52’ 28.25’’N, 67° 10’ 51.15’’E

11 M-11 24° 54’ 01.29’’N, 67° 11’57.36’’E

32 M-32 24° 52’ 26.95’’N, 67° 10’ 18.47’’E

12 M-12 24° 54’ 10.29’’N, 67° 12’ 22.35’’E

33 M-33 24° 52’ 42.59’’N, 67° 10’ 49.70’’E

13 M-13 24° 54’ 12.03’’N, 67° 12’ 28.68’’E

34 M-34 24° 52’54.84’’N, 67° 10’ 50.43’’E

14 M-14 24° 54’ 12.03’’N, 67° 12’ 28.68’’E

35 M-35 24° 52’ 51.34’’N, 67° 10’ 22.27’’E

15 M-15 24° 54’ 12.03’’N, 67° 12’ 28.68’’E

36 M-36 24° 52’ 51.34’’N, 67° 10’ 22.27’’E

16 M-16 24° 54’ 22.80’’N, 67° 12’ 28.68’’E

37 M-37 24° 52’ 46.72’’N, 67° 10’16.20’’E

17 M-17 24° 54’ 33.04’’N, 67° 13’ 00.35’’E

38 M-38 24° 52’ 51.17’’N, 67° 10’ 54.60’’E

18 M-18 24° 54’ 35.65’’N, 67° 13’ 12.58’’E

39 M-39 24° 53’ 32.31’’N, 67° 11’ 17.18’’E

19 M-19 24° 54’ 34.23’’N, 67° 13’ 26.18’’E

40 M-40 24° 53’ 42.06’’N, 67° 11’ 28.74’’E

20 M-20 24° 54’ 21.79’’N, 67° 13’ 07.83’’E

41 M-41 24° 53’ 46.73’’N, 67° 11’ 10.57’’E

21 M-21 24° 53’ 58.03’’N, 67° 12’ 14.14’’E

42 M-42 24° 53’ 29.46’’N, 67° 10’ 25.88’’E

Physico-chemical Profile: The physic chemical profile given in table 4.12 the pH value of all the

samples ranged between 6.9 (M-10) to 7.6 (M-01) having the mean value of 7.25 as can be seen in

table 4.9. According to WHO (1985), pH value for safe drinking should range 6.5 to 8.516. The pH

value in all samples met the WHO guidelines as well as NSDWQ. Water with pH above 11 and below

16 WHO, 1985. Standard Methods for Examination of Water and Waste Water 16th Ed. American Water Works

Association; Washington DC, USA.


Final Report


4, is responsible for skin, eye irritation and corrosive effects respectively. WHO warns that extreme

pH levels can worsen existing skin conditions17.

Turbid water in fact devalues water quality from consumer’s point of view. According to WHO

guidelines and NSDWQ the turbidity level should not exceed 5 NTU for drinking water. The values

of turbidity of all the samples are within the acceptable limits (0.11-0.91). Turbidity in water mainly

results from the presence of fine colloidal and suspended particles. Turbidity level is a vital

consideration for effective planning and functioning of the processes of treatment and also an

indicator presence of microorganism responsible for causing health issues18.

TSS concentration of all the samples ranged from 72 to 182 mg/l. No health-based guideline for TSS

is available. SS are usually organic in nature which serves as a source of food for the multiplication

and growth microorganisms. Ideally the drinking water should not contain suspended solids owing

to the fact that suspended solids can cause human health problems and also harmful to aquatic life

forms19. High TSS value also responsible for increase in surface water temperature as suspended

particles absorbed heat20.

TDS in water represents the amount of inorganic substances that originates from sewage, natural

sources, industrial waste and other chemicals. High amount of suspended, dissolved and total

solids depreciates palatability of water rendering it unsuitable for drinking purpose. TDS value of

the samples ranged between 295 to 709 mg/l. The recommended guideline for TDS as reported by

WHO (1984) and NSDWQ is 500 mg/l.

Table 4.12: Descriptive statistics of physical, chemical and microbiological analysis of drinking water of Malir Town, Karachi

Parameters Mean Median Min Max Quartile Range

Std. Dev. Std. Error NSDWQ Std. WHO Std.

pH 7.25 7.30 6.90 7.60 0.20 0.16 0.02 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5

Turbidity/NTU 0.50 0.47 0.11 0.91 0.47 0.25 0.04 8.5<5NTU 8.5<5NTU

TSS(mg/l) 128.17 132.5 72 182 58 32.05 4.95 N/A N/A

TDS(mg/l) 584.17 607 295 709 98.1 77.97 12.03 <1000 <1000

Calcium(mg/l) 53.85 51 35 76.5 23.80 13.58 2.06 N/A 100

Magnesium(mg/l) 113.83 112.25 62 179 29.5 25.85 3.99 N/A 150

Sodium 32.27 33 19 46.2 6.9 5.84 0.90 N/A 200

Potassium 5.01 5 4 6.5 0.80 0.58 0.09 N/A N/A

Chloride 123.58 120.5 100.7 167 25 17.31 2.67 <250 250

Hardness 167.31 165 121 232 25 23.82 3.68 <500 N/A

Sulphate 293.19 292.5 227 361 59 36.05 5.56 N/A 250

Alkalinity 751.3 114 90 136 18 11.74 1.81 N/A 120

Generally, water having TDS value less than 500 mg/l is considered to be water of good quality but

values of up to 1000 mg/l can be tolerated. High TDS levels can also lead to corrosion, decrease

gases solubility, increase water density and make water unfit for drinking purpose.

17 WHO Working Group, 1986. Health impact of acidic deposition. Science of the Total Environment, 52: 157-187. 18 Perveen, F., U. Asghar and T.H. Usmani, 2001147. Evaluation of Water Quality of Different Colleges of Karachi

City. Journal of the Chemical Society of Pakistan, 29(5): 458-462. 19 Sheila Murphy, 2007. General Information on Solids.USGS Water Quality Monitoring. 20 Mitchell and Stapp, 1992. Field Manual for Water Quality Monitoring.


Final Report


Microbial Profile: The prevalence of waterborne diseases in Pakistan is mainly due to

contamination of drinking water mostly with industrial waste and municipal waste. According to

the Pakistan National Conservation Strategy report of 1992, about 40% of communicable diseases

are waterborne Siddiqui et al., (2010) reported that 36% samples of Karachi drinking water

contaminated with indicator and pathogenic bacteria.

Most of the samples were contaminated with the fecal material therefore potentially dangerous

for human health. No residual chlorine as detected in any sample. All the water samples failed to

meet WHO guideline.

Malir town is close to Gharo treatment plant and the results indicated that the treatment plant is

not treating water adequately. From the table 1 it can be seen that the number of fecal streptococci

was relatively low in all the samples as compared to total coliform, total aerobic and total fecal

coliform. The reason of fecal contamination could be the faulty and obsolete water distribution

network. It would mean that these water samples are unsafe for drinking purpose and continuous

threat to human health.

The water supply of Malir town is not suitable from the view point of public health. The faulty and

distribution network is the major source of water contamination.

According to the study published in 201221, analysis of groundwater shows the lead content of

Clifton/DHA is ~ 5.6µg/l. The effluents rich in lead, pouring through the Malir and Lyari rivers onto

the beaches of the Arabian Sea, could percolate into the subsoil can be encountered in the

shallow aquifers. The observed higher risk zone area along the Karachi coastal area can be

attributed to this vicious cycle of contamination.

According to KW&SB22, the 450MGD out of 650MGD water being supplied to Karachi is duly

filtered and chlorinated and there is only shortfall of 200 MGD in filtration capacity and that too is

for want of new Filter Plants for which they have no resources.

On the orders of water commission, water-measuring meters were installed at the bulk-pumping

stations to curb the theft/wastage of water, a whopping 190MGD. New chlorinators and modern

laboratories were added to filter plants to improve water quality. The rehabilitation of water-

filter plants involving major civil works has also been set in motion.

4.4.2 Storm Water Drainage

Following Table outlines stormwater drainages and nallahs under each township administration.

Drainages are artificial water channels for stormwater drainage; on the contrary, nallahs are natural

water channels. Many drainages are connected to nallahs and some drainages connected to river

directly; Nallahs discharge into rivers such as Lyari River and Malir River receiving stormwater. As

sewage collection system in Karachi City is not enough and its maintenance is not satisfactory,

stormwater drainage and nallahs have to receive sewage all year long in addition to stormwater in

rainy season.

21 Risk Zone Mapping of Lead Pollution in Urban Groundwater 22 Report of Commission of Inquiry, Dated: 25th February, 2017


Final Report


Table 4.13: Town-wise Stormwater Drainage/Nallah Length

Town Depth (m) Width (m) Length (km)

1. Keamari Town 1.21 0.91~3.04 7.62

2. SITE Town 2.13 3.65 16.08

3. Baldia Town 1.22 2.43 11.77

4. Orangi Town 1.52 2.43~3.65 34.1

5. Lyari Town 1.37 0.6~13.7 19.4

6. Saddar Town 1.37 3.05 11.14

7. Jamshed Town 1.5 2.43 33.8

8. Gulshan -e- Iqbal Town 3.64 2.4~15.2 28.0

9. Faisal Town 1.22~4.57 1.52~24.0 20.1

10. Landhi Town 1.22 2.43 35.36

11. Korangi Town 1.52 2.74 36.4

12. North Nazimabad Town 1.22 2.4 30.7

13. North Karachi Town 1.22 2.4 45.1

14. Gulberg Town 1.37 2.4 22.1

15. Liaquatabad Town 1.52 3.65 19.5

16. Malir Town 1.22 3.04 6.15

17. Bin Qasim Town 1.22 3.64 14.63

18. Gadap Town 1.22 3.65 24.43

Total 416.38

Source: KWSB

There are no exclusive pumping facilities for storm water drainage in Malir. However, many

pumping stations called “ejector” which were constructed for sewage discharge to natural nallahs

or rivers have worked as storm water pumping facilities in rainy season. Roadside drains are

cleaned by KWSB 1-2 months before the monsoon season. Removed and collected silt/garbage is

conveyed to designate solid waste disposal sites.

However, at times roads are cleaned afterwards by town administration and silt/garbage is

transferred to drains again. This is said to be how inundation is caused. In addition to the other

mentioned issues in Malir Town many drains and nallahs have been already encroached on by illegal

houses and buildings. Storage enforcement of building code and other relevant laws.

Another major issue with malfunctioned drains / nallahs is that garbage is easily and routinely

dumped to these facilities, which leads to their reduced sections. Comprehensive solid waste

management system has to be introduced. There are no exclusive pumping facilities for

stormwater drainage in Karachi City. However, many pumping stations called “ejector”, which

were constructed for sewage discharge to natural nallahs or rivers have worked as stormwater

pumping facilities in rainy season.

Roadside drains are cleaned by KW&SB one to two months before monsoon season comes every

year. Removed and collected silt/garbage is conveyed to designated solid waste disposal sites.

However, roads are cleaned afterwards by town administration and silt/garbage is transferred to

drains again. This is said to be how inundation is caused. In addition to above mentioned

administrative issues, many drains and nallhas have been already encroached on by illegal houses

and buildings. Strong enforcement of building code and other relevant laws is expected. Another

major issue with malfunctioned drains/nallahs is that garbage is easily and routinely dumped to


Final Report


these facilities, which leads to their reduced sections. Comprehensive solid waste management

system has to be introduced.

4.5 Ecology

The ecology of microenvironment and macroenvironment of the project area has completely

changed as a result of continuous emergence of urban conglomerates. Ecological risk of high order

has been induced by land clearance and removal of natural vegetation from the plains during the

urban sprawl to make room for industrialization and urbanization. This has degraded the physical

environment as quantified in the above section & the biological environment in the sense that the

entire macroenvironment has lost its biodiversity. During the survey, less number of flora species

was recorded in the project area such as Conocarpus, Acacia Nilotica (Sindhi Babur), Capparis

Decidua (Kirar), Ficrus Religiosa (Pepul), Azadirachta Indica (Neem), Prosopis Juliflora (Devi) and

Saveda Fruticosa (Lani). Horticulturist and tree activists have declared Conocarpus as harmful as

the eucalyptus trees planted in the past. Eucalyptus was planted in huge numbers across the city

only to be cut down for its negative impact on the environment. The same mistake was repeated

with Conocarpus. In response to the growing concern against planting Conocarpus, Cantonment

Board Malir has put tremendous efforts in recent years towards plantation of neem trees on and

along the main Jinnah Avenue and its arterials.

The impoverished as well as degraded environment resulting from non-availability of surface as

well as groundwater and discharge of untreated wastewater into Lyari and Malir River has

irreversibly reduced the biodiversity of the indigenous as well as introduced vegetation and hence it

offers very little chance for the survival / growth of fauna in the macroenvironment of project area.

There are even otherwise no habitats of large and small animals, birds or reptiles within the

surveyed area.

4.6 Description of Socio-Economic Environment

4.6.1 Macro Environment of The City Karachi District

Karachi is the biggest city district of Pakistan and plays a dominant role in the economy, politics and

culture of Pakistan. The city is blessed with a strong industrial base, diverse ethnic populace,

efficient financial institutions, cheap labor and powerful business/financial corporations. This city,

compared to all other cities of Pakistan, generates maximum revenue for the Government. It has

comparative advantage of being the only operational seaport of the country, which makes it the

focus of all trade and business in Pakistan.

4.6.2 Administrative Division

In 2001, five districts of Karachi were merged to form the city district of Karachi. Under the

devolution plan, the Local Government System was introduced in which Karachi was composed of

18 towns and 178 union councils.

Later, the City District Government of Karachi was dissolved into six (06) constituent districts,

namely: Karachi East, Karachi West, Karachi Central, Karachi South, Korangi and Malir. These

districts form the Karachi Division now.

There are also six military cantonments, which are administered by the Pakistan Army. District

Municipal Corporations, headed by Deputy Commissioners, work under Commissioner Karachi for

administration. Malir Cantonment is the largest Cantonment in Pakistan, created back in 1942. Next


Final Report


to the Defence Housing Authority (Karachi), it has the largest number of defence officers' housing

schemes in Pakistan.

An outline of existing condition of land holdings in Karachi is illustrated as follows.

Figure 4.27: Land Holdings by Agency in Karachi (Source: KMP 2020)

4.6.3 Land Use

The project site is located in Malir Cantonment, Karachi. The project area is mainly used for

residential purpose however there are few commercial entities operating in the area. The

residential area comprises of bungalows as well as apartments and high-rise buildings. Most of the

residents belong to middle class and upper middle class, many of whom are employed in the

government sector. The commercial activities in the area include shops, hotels, restaurants and

marriage halls.

4.6.4 Road Network Infrastructure

Karachi district covers an area of 3,706.83 km2 and is served by a well-established network of major

roads. The total road length in Karachi city is approximately 10,000 km. Local roads accounted for

93%, while the highways and arterial roads for less than 5%. There are three highways namely Super

Highway (M-9), National Highway (N-5), and RCD highway (N-25), and six arterial roads: Korangi

Road, Shahrah-e-Faisal Road, University Road, Shahrah-e-Pakistan Road, Chaudry Fazal Ellahi Road,

and RCD Highway. Liyari Expressway was previously opened to traffic for north-to-south direction

only but recently after completion of north-bound track the expressway is now opened for both

directions.

Recently Sindh Government has started Karachi Mega Infrastructure Development Projects which

also includes restructuring of six major roads of Karachi including Main University road, Shahrah-e-

Faisal, Tariq road from Shaheed-e-Millat to Shahrah-e-Quaideen and Hub River road. Reconstruction

and rehabilitation of many other roads, flyovers and underpasses in different areas of the city is

also included in the project. At present various components of the project has been completed and


Final Report


others are still in progress. Karachi – Hyderabad Motorway M-9 and National Highway N-5 are also

under construction and rehabilitation.

The commercial centers of Karachi, in the older areas of the city, have most congested traffic within

the city. The city government has constructed several flyovers / bridges and underpasses to control

the traffic flow. To ease the traffic flow in project area, Sindh Mass Transit Authority (SMTA) is

working on the plant of BRT project with the financial assistance of ADB.

4.6.5 Demography

As per provisional census results of 2017 total population of Pakistan is 207,774,520 with an average

annual growth rate of 2.40 from 1998 to 2017. In 1998, the total population of all districts that form

the current Karachi district was 9,856,318 while according to the 2017 census population of Karachi

city reached to 16,051,521 with an average annual growth rate of 2.60. In terms of overall %age

population change District Malir observe highest, 105.79%, increase in population while lowest

population increase is in the district south as 21.22%. District wise population is presented below:

Figure 4.28: District Wise Population of Karachi


Final Report


Table 4.14: Population Census Results 2017 – Karachi Division

Administrative Units Households Population 2017 Population 1998 Sex Ratio 2017 1998- 2017

Average Annual Growth Rate Male Female Transgender All Sexes

Karachi Division

2,770,074 8,439,659 7,610,365 1,497 16,051,521 9,856,318 110.90 2.60

Rural 193,871 606,588 534,499 82 1,141,169 407,510 113.49 5.56

Urban 2,576,203 7,833,071 7,075,866 1,415 14,910,352 9,448,808 110.7 2.43

Karachi Central District

538,983 1,543,950 1,427,349 327 2,971,626 2,277,931 108.17 1.41

Rural

Urban 538,983 1,543,950 1,427,349 327 2,971,626 2,277,931 108.17 1.41

Karachi East District

509,239 1,528,019 1,379,225 223 2,907,467 1,472,896 110.79 3.64

Rural

Urban 509,239 1,528,019 1,379,225 223 2,907,467 1,472,896 110.79 3.64

Karachi South District

327,518 943,546 848,010 195 1,791,751 1,478,047 111.27 1.02

Rural

Urban 327,518 943,546 848,010 195 1,791,751 1,478,047 111.27 1.02

Karachi West District

634,459 2,065,847 1,848,553 357 3,914,757 2,089,509 111.75 3.35

Rural 44,051 149,220 134,014 13 283,247 73,568 111.35 7.34

Urban 590,408 1,916,627 1,714,539 344 3,631,510 2,015,941 111.79 3.14

Korangi District

421,618 1,284,015 1,172,737 267 2,457,019 1,561,742 109.49 2.41

Rural

Urban 421,618 1,284,015 1,172,737 267 2,457,019 1,561,742 109.49 2.41

Malir District

338,257 1,074,282 934,491 128 2,008,901 976,193 114.96 3.86

Rural 149,820 457,368 400,485 69 857,922 333,942 114.2 5.08

Urban 188,437 616,914 534,006 59 1,150,979 642,251 115.53 3.11


Final Report


4.6.6 Households and Average Household Size in Karachi

According to the provisional results of 2017 census the Karachi division has total 2,770,074

number of Households with and average household size of 5.79 and sex ratio of 110.90. District

wise details are presented below:

Administrative Units Households Sex Ratio 2017 *Average HH Size

Karachi Division 2,770,074 110.90 5.79 Rural 193,871 113.49 5.89

Urban 2,576,203 110.70 5.79 District Central 538,983 108.17 5.51

Rural - - - Urban 538,983 108.17 5.51

District East 509,239 110.79 5.71 Rural - - -

Urban 509,239 110.79 5.71 District South 327,518 111.27 5.47

Rural - - - Urban 327,518 111.27 5.47

District West 634,459 111.75 6.17 Rural 44,051 111.35 6.43

Urban 590,408 111.79 6.15 District Korangi 421,618 109.49 5.83

Rural - - - Urban 421,618 109.49 5.83

District Malir 338,257 114.96 5.94 Rural 149,820 114.20 5.73

Urban 188,437 115.53 6.11 Note: * Avg. HH Size drive from the Provisional Census Result - 2017 (Pakistan Bureau of Statistics)

4.6.7 Economic and Livelihood Conditions

Karachi is the largest city in Pakistan and represents almost 10% of the population of Pakistan. Its

economy is about one-quarter that of the national Gross Domestic Product (GDP). Karachi

produces about 30% of the manufactured goods, handles 95% of foreign trade and contributes

more than 65% of the national revenue. The primary sector of Pakistani economy (agriculture)

probably does not represent more than 1% of Karachi’s Gross Regional Domestic Product (GRDP).

The secondary sector (manufacturing, construction, electricity, gas) constitute one quarter of the

metropolitan’s economy. The tertiary sector (services) represents the remaining three-quarters

of GRDP.

Karachi has seen a large increase in its labour force and labour force participation rate continues

to increase. While higher than other areas of the country, it remains quite low at 30.4%. This can

partly be explained by low female participation rate. Employment rate is quite high in this city. In

terms of family characteristics; 85% are nuclear families while the remaining 15% live in joint

families. 80% of the houses are owner occupied in the city.

4.6.8 Health Facilities

The total number of public and private sector health facilities in Karachi is 989. As per Health

Profile of Sindh 2016, there is one doctor for every 3,029 patients, one nurse for every 7,282


Final Report


patients and one bed for every 1,291 patients in Karachi. Details of these health facilities and

doctors are presented below:

Table 4.15: Health Facilities in Karachi 2016

Health Facilities No. Beds

Government Hospitals 15 4,807

Departmental Hospitals 9 1,185

Private Hospitals 134 7,249

Local Bodies Hospitals 7 1,109

Dispensaries (Govt./Local Bodies/ Private/Missionaries) 643 267

MCHC (Govt./Local Bodies/ Private/Missionaries) 85 26

TB Clinic 23 -

BHUs 37 76

RHCs 6 94

Govt. Urban Health Centre 5 -

Govt. Urban Health Unit 10 -

Other Govt. (Trauma Centre/Homeo/Unani Shifakhana) 15

Total 989 Source: Health Profile of Sindh 2016 (BOS-Sindh)

Table: 4.16: Population Served by

*Per Doctor: 3,029

Per Nurse: 7,282

Per Bed: 1,291 Note: *It includes Physicians, Surgeons, Gynecologist, Pediatricians and Doctors/GMO Source: Health Profile of Sindh 2016 (BOS-Sindh)

Table 4.17: No. of Doctors in Karachi 2016

Physicians 285

Surgeons 271

Gynecologist 217

Pediatricians 222

Doctors/GMO 5,320

Dentists 276

Nurses 2,627 Source: Health Profile of Sindh 2016 (BOS-Sindh)

Healthcare facilities near the project area include:

1. Memon Medical Institute Hospital

2. KIRAN Hospital

3. Dow University Hospital

KIRAN is a cancer hospital under the administrative control of Pakistan Atomic Energy Commission.

It was established for treatment of poor cancer patients especially those from the rural areas of

Sindh and Baluchistan at a subsidized cost. Dow University Hospital is a teaching hospital with a

total capacity of 600 beds.


Final Report


4.6.9 Education

According to the recent study of RSU-Sindh Management Information System the Karachi division

has total 2,915 schools including primary, middle, secondary and higher secondary schools. District

Malir and District Central has highest number of schools i.e., 613 schools in each district while

District East has lowest, 267 number of Schools. District wise School data and enrolment stratus for

2015-2016 is presented below;

Table 4.18: District wise School data in Karachi 2015-16

Type of School Central East South West Malir Korangi Total

Primary 372 169 331 280 488 377 2,017

Middle 100 30 75 42 75 57 379

Secondary 132 62 88 47 43 112 484

Higher Secondary 9 6 5 3 7 5 35

Total 613 267 499 372 613 551 2,915

Source: RSU-Sindh Management Information System (SEMIS)

Figure 4.29: District wise Enrolment Status of Karachi 2015-2016

There are many private educational institutes in the project area. The area residents have access to

excellent education facilities including Montessori, primary and secondary level schools as well as

intermediate colleges. The private educational institutes in the surrounding area include The

Cultivators School, Galleon Public School, Crescent Bahria Cadet College, The City Nursery, Nurture

Grammar School and The Brighton School.

4.6.10 Solid Waste Management

Solid waste management of the area falls under the jurisdiction of Cantonment Board Malir. The

condition of solid waste management in the project area is good. The project area is quite clean and

the residents are satisfied with the solid waste management in the area.

4.6.11 Traffic

There is a water hydrant on the backside of the road due to which a lot of trucks are parked on the

road. The traffic on the project area road is high during morning and evening because it is

connected to four main routes leading to Highway, Malir Cantt, University road and Saadi Town.


Final Report


The project area has large numbers of education institutes in the surrounding which also leads to

high traffic during school timings.

4.6.12 Utilities

Water is supplied to the area by Karachi Water & Sewerage Board (KW&SB) through dedicated

water pipelines. The water supply has become scarce in the area in the recent years due to rapid

increase in the population of the project area in last two decades. The water available in the KWSB

water supply lines is insufficient to cater to the needs of the residents therefore the people have to

buy water from water tanker at high cost. Water tankers have to be used, but usage varies

significantly with relatively large water consumers getting water tankers on a weekly basis while

low-water consumers using water on a monthly basis.

K-Electric is responsible for electricity supply in the area and majority of the residents are satisfied

with the electricity supply in the area. The area suffers from power outages for 5-6 hours daily.

Sometimes the power outages exceed more than that however in the recent years load shedding

has decreased. The residents are satisfied with the gas supply in the area.


Final Report

EMC Pakistan Pvt. Ltd Chapter – 5: Stakeholders Engagement, Impacts and Mitigations Page 1 of 25

Chapter 5 Stakeholders Engagement, Screening of Potential Impacts & Proposed Mitigation Measures

5.1 Introduction

This section presents the screening process that identifies the environmental aspects and makes

assessment of impact of different activities on the physical, biological and social environment.

The screening process has through review of literature, screening of potential environmental and

social aspects raised by the stakeholders, primary as well as secondary baseline data, and expert

judgment, made assessment of the potential impacts of said activities on the physical, biological,

and socioeconomic environment of the Project. Mitigation measures have been proposed to

reduce, minimize or compensate for the identified potential negative impacts and their adoption

has been recommended. The report has taken cognizance of the construction activity which has

intensified in the subject area during past few years.

Figure 5.1: Impact Assessment Approach

5.2 Screening of Potential Environmental Aspects raised by Stakeholders

The EIA process is considered incomplete without active public participation. Accordingly, the

Sindh Environmental Protection Act 2014 as well as the rules & regulations framed thereunder

demand robust public participation in the formulation and implementation of all development

projects. Public consultation & participation process is the means to communicate the pros and

cons of the project to those directly & indirectly affected by the project and to ensure that the

EIA process is open, transparent and robust, characterized by defendable analysis to attain

sustainability in the design, implementation, operation & management of development

proposals. The stakeholders are provided the opportunity to directly express their concerns

before the feasibility of the project is ascertained.

In the context of present project located in Deh Safooran, Malir Cantonment, Karachi, there is a

need to strictly follow the procedures laid down under the environmental regulations and

building control byelaws for the system of going upward in response to need of densification &

commercialization of roads and intersections connecting the business districts.


Final Report


Purpose of public/stakeholder’s involvement aims at:

▪ Informing the institutional stakeholders in general and the residents of the immediate

neighborhood, business operators in particular about the project and its likely impacts;

▪ Considering the views of those concerned directly and indirectly on the likely measures to be

adopted to alleviate the negative impacts and take cognizance of the views of the public in

the Environmental Impact Assessment.

In the project context, most of the primary stakeholders are residents which include both

apartments and bungalows. The secondary stakeholders for this project include the utility

companies and service providers such as K-Electric, SSGC and KWSB as well as regulatory

authorities SEPA and Cantonment Board. The list of primary and secondary stakeholders

identified for Credible Towers is given in the table below.

Table 5.1: Stakeholders for Credible Tower

Neighborhood Residential Interests ▪ Rafi Premier Residency ▪ Falak Naaz Apartment ▪ Mr. Irshad Ali Abbasi- house no. R-164 ▪ Mr. Suleman Khan – house no. R-308 ▪ Captain Nisar Ahmed house no. 161 ▪ Captain Majid house no. 164 ▪ Mr. Saleem house no. R-130 ▪ Mr. Ghulam Nabi house no. B-217 ▪ Mr. Juned- house no. B-219 ▪ Mr. Usman- B-216 ▪ Mr. Aijaz- B-212 Institutional Interests ▪ Usmania Mosque

Proponents Credible Developers Pvt. Ltd. Government Agencies & Other Service Providers

▪ Sindh Environmental Protection Agency (SEPA) ▪ Karachi Metropolitan Corporation (KMC) ▪ Karachi Water & Sewerage Board (KWSB) ▪ Traffic Police ▪ K-Electric ▪ Sui Sothern Gas Company (SSGC) ▪ District Municipal Corporation ▪ Cantonment Board Malir

NGOs/Interest groups ▪ Shehri-CBE ▪ National Forum for Environment & Health (NFEH) ▪ Citizens for Environment (NGO)

5.3.1 Concerns & Observations raised in Scoping Meeting

The general opinion of the stakeholders was that the public concerns raised in the public hearing

of the EIAs are limited to the four walls of the meeting place. The SEPA is ill-responsive to the

points raised during the public hearing and the meeting of the experts committee has become a

mere formality since whatever the SEPA officials gather at the public hearing are not

communicated to it. SEPA is helpless in not doing anything to redress the grievances of the

stakeholders. Similar is the case with other utility agencies, they have been burdened with

responsibility but have no resources to implement them. The infrastructure facilities are lacking in

each sector: the roads are not vehicle worthy but are congested to the extent that the traffic


Final Report


volume is several folds in exceedance with its capacity. The institutional stakeholders showed

sympathy with the authorities which has been burdened with heavy responsibility and has no

authority to implement its instances on its own. The institutional stakeholders were of the

opinion that post construction/completion monitoring is attended to in a routine manner. Neither

SEPA nor building control authorities have capacity to monitor the implementation of the

mandated monitoring plan. The result is that the proponents and their contractors are scot-free

to go unmonitored. Both SEPA and building control authorities should have a separate cell for

monitoring the activities of the monitoring teams and their reporting.

The issues and concerns identified by participants have been identified and elaborated below:

Parking: A participant raised the point that parking is major problem in the city as a whole and

this issue has to be critically examined in the EIA studies. Another participant stressed the need

for conducting a traffic study that takes into account the cumulative impacts of all the projects.

In response, EMC ESIA expert responded that at the current stage, all the EIAs will be conducted

as stand-along projects, it would be the role of the regulatory authorities to commission a

cumulative impacts assessment study for this area. Moreover, some representatives of the

builders claimed that the parking provided for cars and motorbikes is according to the standards

established by the Karachi Building & Control Authority. In response a representative from Shehri

complained that given the horrid nature of traffic in the city currently, the builders must make

efforts to go beyond regulatory limits and provide extra ample spaces for parking of residents as

well as visitors. Moreover, another aggrieved expert from the Karachi Urban Transport

Corporation complained that there are recent examples of development in the city where

commercial establishments have provided very limited parking, leading to extreme traffic

congestion in that particular area. One example is the newly-opened Chase Supermarket on

Rashid Minhas Road where customers are forced to park on the main road due to lack of proper

parking space.

Figure 5.2: Photograph showing stakeholders engagement

Fire Safety and Emergencies: Several participants raised the issue that lack of fire safety

readiness is a major issue in Karachi and the increased loss of life and assets due to fires has

significantly increased over the past few years. One participant complained that though fire

safety regulations and protocols are provided in all documents, the builders do not take the

recommended measures and the regulatory agencies do not monitor these aspects during the

project execution stage. Moreover, hardly any example of successful firefighting exists in

Karachi. However, many of the participants disagreed and clarified that there are many cases

where fires have been managed and controlled with minimum losses, however these do not get


Final Report


media attention and therefore is not highlighted. Moreover, the consultants explained that all

buildings are required to comply with the prescribed fire safety laws and none of the buildings

can get approval without this important aspect. Others, also mentioned, that where possible

builders should aim to go beyond regulations to ensure fire safety; builders must play a more

active role in ensuring this by purchasing and using materials that are safe and repel the spread of

fires instead of vice versa.

Another participant mentioned that other aspects of safety such as presence of alternate

evacuation routes (stairs) must also be provided to ensure smooth exit from buildings in case of

emergencies. Consideration must also be given to those who have to move large goods and

families that have to carry dead bodies of their family members and relatives to the ground floor.

Information Disclosure: Several participants stressed the need for proponents to share project

information and plans for construction activities with the area residents and commercial entities.

Often the area stakeholders are consulted during the design stage, however, no prior notice or

warning is given to the stakeholders regarding commencement of construction activities and the

like. A legal expert also requested that information on previous projects in the area by the

proponents must be made public to assess past performance.

Water Availability & Distribution: Several participants complained that often plans for building

and construction are approved without giving due consideration the water table and water

availability issues of the area. For a city like Karachi, this is a recipe for disaster. A hydrology

expert amongst the participants disagreed and clarified that water availability is not the issue for

Karachi, in fact it is the water retrieval issue. Underground water is available at much deeper

levels, however the boring activities are usually carried out at much lower depths. The

consultants also added that currently builders prefer installation of RO plants in the building,

however these must be approved before installation.

Corporate Social Responsibility: A participant felt that builders must contribute more towards

the welfare of their project area under CSR. To this, another participant responded by saying that

builders, like any other businesses are there to make profits, one cannot expect them to play a

leading role in development of the area. Local area development and upkeep is the responsibility

of the lowest tiers of government and the relevant civic services providers in the area such as K-

Electric, KWSB and others. Yet another participant stressed that tree plantation was a feasible

task that all builders should integrate in their projects and where, possible also contribute to the

area. A challenge in this regard is lack of any policy or guidelines for tree plantation by SBCA;

however, guidance from SEPA may be obtained as necessary.

5.3.2 Concerns & Observations raised during the ‘Neighbourhood Survey’

The social team from EMC carried out consultations in the project area on 18th and 19th June

2019 after an initial site visit. Consultation was conducted with residents living in the vicinity of

project site since it is mostly a residential area. The following table shows the stakeholders who

were consulted during the Neighborhood Survey.

S. No Consultation Type Primary Stakeholders Date

1 Interview Rafi Premier Residency 18-06-2019 2 Interview Falak Naaz Apartment 19-06-2019 3 Interview Usmania Mosque 18-06-2019


Final Report


4 Interview Mr. Irshad Ali Abbasi- house no. R-164 18-06-2019 5 Interview Mr. Suleman Khan – house no. R-308 19-06-2019 6 Interview Captain Nisar Ahmed house no. 161 19-06-2019 7 Interview Captain Majid house no. 164 19-06-2019 8 Interview Mr. Saleem house no. R-130 19-06-2019 9 Interview Mr. Ghulam Nabi house no. B-217 19-06-2019 10 Interview Mr. Juned- house no. B-219 19-06-2019 11 Interview Mr. Usman- B-216 19-06-2019 12 Interview Mr. Aijaz- B-212 19-06-2019

The following major issues and concerns were raised by the primary stakeholders:

Need of EIA in Building Projects: We feel badly about being ignored by institutions concerned on

matters of densification and commercialization; particularly because a survey of the kind that is in

hand may have provided us an opportunity to express our concern. In appreciation of the survey

of this kind we feel that every project either in hand or in future should be subjected to

Environmental Impact Assessment. It will be pertinent to request the SEPA to make the survey of

this kind part of the environmental approval of each and every high-rise building.

Infrastructure: Most of residents shared that their property value might decrease since their view

would be blocked due to construction of this high-rise building. The water supply may decrease

for residential use. The residents were otherwise happy because this plot had remained vacant

for a long time, but due to this project, they will be able to shop at a walking distance. The

burden on existing utilities will increase but it would not cause any obstacles for the residents.

They advised that waste should be routinely collected from the designated area and disposed at

waste disposal facilities. Waste should not be dumped at location other than the designated site.

Traffic: Traffic load will not increase due to construction of the building as the road is in good

condition on both sides of building. The area roads are wide and connected with various routes,

so there may be slight disturbance from morning to 10pm. However, concerns were raised by the

residents that majority of the projects have been completed in violation of the approved plans;

the space reserved for parking is occupied for provision of more shops / commercial space in the

basements. This being an unauthorized act on the part of the builders, the residents in the

neighborhood are faced with acute traffic management problem. Cantonment Board Malir

(CBM) should initiate audit of all the buildings and the corridor for compliance or otherwise.

Security: The residents showed concern regarding construction activities taking place at night

time because it will create disturbance for the residents. They said that if the materials are

dumped outside the plot, then it may cause an accident. Laborers should not sleep at the top of

roof during the construction work. They said that they will have to face privacy issues during

construction work.

Air Blockage: Some residents were concerned about the air blockage since the project is a high

rise. Dust from construction activities could disturb the health of asthma patients in the area.

Nuisance for school children: At the construction phase the worst sufferers are school children

and ladies who are exposed to the inadequacies of precautionary measures that need to be

strictly adopted. The construction site must be contained in the green envelop to maintain a

nuisance free environment in the neighborhood.


Final Report


Figure 5.3: Photograph showing neighborhood survey

5.3 Screening of Environmental Aspects related to Siting of Project

▪ The Credible Towers Project will be sited at Plot No. 350, Deh Safooran, Malir Cantonment,

Karachi Project; the site falls in the appropriate category that permits the designated land-use

by the Cantonment Board. The site is thus the only and hence the preferred alternative for

siting the Credible Towers Project.

▪ The ownership of the plot lies with the Credible Developers Pvt. Ltd. Since the proponent is

the rightful owner of the site/commercial Plot, there is no dispute with regard to siting of the

project. To validate their claims on the site and on its being the only and hence the preferred

alternative for establishment of their residential – cum – commercial project, the proponent,

Credible Developers has obtained a No Objection Certificate (NOC) from all utility agencies

and height approval from Civil Aviation Authority (CAA).

▪ The site is free from any encumbrances and therefore would least likely cause displacement

of population, loss of business and annoyance to the living environment, or disturb the peace

and tranquility of its surroundings. The Project also responds to the need of the segment of

population that is seeking safety, security and improvement in quality of life. Advantage of

this aspect has already been taken by other builders and developers who have gone ahead

with the construction of residential and commercial ventures all along the major roads and

strategic corridors of Karachi. However, densification of the area road does not seem to be

consonant with the demands on infrastructure facilities. The residential plots are housing

large number of unlawful commercial activities such as car showrooms, tuition centers,

offices, ware houses and other such activity centers. They are adding to the burden of

congestion and the utility services.

▪ The macroenvironment has no sensitive areas such as protected sites including wildlife

sanctuaries, game reserves or national parks, or any archaeological, historical or cultural

heritage in its immediate neighborhood; as such its siting would have no sensitivity in this

regard. No significant flora and fauna will be disturbed, as the site is located in the

commercialized area, where no flora and fauna of significance exist.

▪ The project when completed would require about 103,525 gallons per day of potable water

supply and 3.56 MW of electricity. The proposed project is a self-contained building having its

own back-up power generation, water supply supplemented by hyper filtration system and

sewage treatment, grey water recycling and disposal system in addition to provision of

parking space. The relevant authorities have already received the due amount for provision of

utility services and development of the area. They are expected to plan and implement


Final Report


augmentation of the facilities in advance, otherwise plan for densification would, instead of

facilitating improvement in quality of life, be a burden on the environment.

▪ With 24-hour security system all over the building the designers have ensured that the

concerns on invasion of privacy are alleviated and eased. The Project would thus achieve its

objective of providing a secure and safe residential cum commercial building at an attractive

location. This being a positive impact would be an indicator of achievement of the objectives

of the Project.

5.4 Assessment of Impacts at the Construction and Operation stages of Credible Towers Project

5.4.1 Demolition of Structure(s)

▪ The site is an open land with no permanent structure at the site or in the neighborhood. As

such the construction activity will proceed straight away with land development and

excavation. The SEPA and Cantonment Board Malir will be kept informed of the proceedings

during the construction stage. The activity will be monitored for its safe conduct by IMC.

5.4.2 Building Stability

▪ The proposed building is an RCC framed structure. The different stages of construction

including placement of foundation will have to be laid taking due consideration of the sub-soil

structure, seismicity and liquefaction effects.

▪ The sequence of construction should be as follows:

o Construction of earth retaining structure (secant pile wall, contiguous pile etc.)

o Drilling and installation of dewatering wells

o Excavation of plot upto groundwater level

o Trench for French drains upto desired 7m depth

o Dewatering

o Excavation upto Raft bottom level

o Construction of raft foundation followed by construction of substructure

▪ The dewatering operations shall continue from start of excavation to completion of

substructure. Tests on soil samples obtained from the borehole indicate ‘moderate’ sulphate

and chloride exposure. Under these conditions Ordinary Portland Cement (OPC) is

recommended to be used for all underground concrete works.

5.4.3 Erosion of Soil

▪ Generally, the exposed soil after excavation for foundations is vulnerable to erosions and

runoffs by rains. Such a situation is of temporary nature and short duration. It lasts only

during the landscaping and concreting phase of construction at the site. Standards operating

procedures have to be adopted to minimize the impact.

Mitigation Measure

o Covering the open soil during the construction phase till such time that the foundation will

adequately concreted.

o Intensification in fugitive dust emission caused by erosion of soil will be mitigated by

appropriate measures to reduce the level of impact to minor significance.


Final Report


o Control of air emission during construction will be ensured by adopting sound operating

procedures such as:

- Exposed surface will be regularly wetted to effectively keep airborne dust levels to

minimum

- Stockpiles of fine material will be wetted or covered with tarpaulin especially during

windy weather conditions.

- Site workers will be mandated to wear dust masks especially during dry & windy weather

conditions.

5.4.4 Excavation

▪ The provision of foundation will require excavation below ground level. Once removed, the

void space is likely to impact the integrity of the soil in the surrounding. To maintain the

stability of excavation and to protect foundations of adjacent structures, retention measures

such as bracing or shoring can be used to retain the soil during the construction of basement.

It is essential to keep the excavation dry and excavation should be performed during dry

season. It is imperative that system should have adequate water proofing to make sure

moisture doesn't ingress into the retention system and basement.

Mitigation Measure

o Engineering study of sub-soil structure and impact analysis of surrounding structures was

carried out.

o Fencing and obscuring the construction site to reduce the perception impact was

undertaken.

o During the construction of basement, it would be advisable to monitor the excavation cuts

and if found necessary, shoring/bracing may be employed. It must be ensured that the

excavation is done in dry season.

o The neighborhood will be notified with adequate signage at the very start of the project. Site

will be appropriately covered all around to contain the fugitive dust emission within the

microenvironment. The impact of the activity will be continuously monitored by IMC since it is

apprehended that the residents in the immediate neighborhood are likely to be exposed to

dust fall hazards.

5.4.5 Construction Waste

▪ Typical solid waste generated during construction includes wasted concrete, steel and

wooden scaffolding, cement bags, excavated soil, wood remains etc. It is envisaged that the

quantum of earth fill material will be enormous since excavation will be deeper down. The

waste generated has the potential to cause adverse impact on the surroundings if not

properly managed and disposed to approved dumpsites by approved waste contractors. The

excavated waste has the potential to block nearby drainage channels that could ultimately

cause localized flooding, particularly during the monsoon season. Irregular storage of this

waste may pose health hazards to the workers at site and more so to the school going

children and residents in the neighborhood.

▪ The following measures have been recommended for management of the excavation

procedure and disposal of construction wastes:

Mitigation Measure

o Site will be properly cordoned off by placing curtains all around.


Final Report


o Unusable wastes will be transported to approved dumpsites.

o Excavated soil will be disposed of through the regular channel of the approved disposal

contractor.

o Proper solid waste containers of adequate capacity will be provided to cater to daily waste

generation.

5.4.6 Topography and Geology

▪ The Project is not likely to impose additional stress on topographical parameters and hence

no significant impacts are envisaged. The siting of the project demands careful planning and

evaluation of load bearing capacity of the soil to ensure the stability of the proposed

structure. In view of the project stability requirements requirement, piling has been

proposed. As such the stability of the project is ensured and is not likely to impose additional

stress on the sub-soil structure and hence no significant impacts are envisaged.

5.4.7 Air Quality

▪ The major source of air pollution during the construction phase may have been dust emission

due to earth works and gaseous emissions from construction equipment. The major source of

air pollution during the operation phase when the Project is functional will be the pollutant

emissions from the stand-by generator in case of power breakdown and vehicular emissions

from the entry and exit of owners and visitor’s vehicles besides the emissions on and along

Khalid Bin Waleed road.

▪ Impacts from each source and proposed mitigation measures are likely to be as follows:

▪ Dust Emission: Particulate matter emitted during construction activities results in

deterioration of ambient air quality in the vicinity of the source and is usually a nuisance to

the neighborhood and the communities in the neighborhood besides the construction

workers. Dust emission from construction site is a concern particularly if the site is near

residential areas. The main health hazards emanate from particles smaller than 10 microns

(PM10) in particular PM2.5 as they are respirable. These particles are sufficiently charged to

assume the properties of aerosols which on reaching the receptors have heavy impact on the

respiratory system and on the surface of furnishings of the living environment. The impact on

the environment would be considered significant if there is an increase in suspended

particulate matter within and beyond the boundaries of the project site due to activities at

the site, or if the dust affects local property or results in complaints from the community.

o Potential sources of particulate matter emission during construction activities include

earthworks (dirt or debris pushing and grading), exposed surfaces/storage piles, truck

dumping, hauling, vehicle movement on unpaved roads, and concrete mixing and batching.

The quantity of dust that is generated on a particular day depends on the magnitude and

nature of activity and the atmospheric conditions prevailing on the day. Availability of Ready-

mix on commercial scale has considerably reduced the level of emission of fugitive and

construction sites are no longer required to have a batching plant.

Mitigation Measure

The following mitigation measures have been recommended:

o Water sprinkling and monitoring to ensure adequate suppression of dust will be a regular

activity as long as the excavation activity lasts.

o Dust emission from soil piles and aggregate storage stockpiles will have to be reduced by

appropriate measures like keeping the material moist by sprinkling of water at appropriate


Final Report


frequency and regularly monitored by IMC. Availability & use of ready-mix on commercial

scale will considerably reduce the level of emission of fugitive at the project site.

o Construction materials that are fragile and vulnerable to raising visible dust will be

transported only in securely covered trucks to prevent dust emission during transportation.

o The exposure of construction workers to dust needs to be minimized by provision of dust

masks and mandating the workers to wear them.

▪ Vehicle and Equipment Exhaust: Combustion exhaust from vehicles and construction

equipment can affect the ambient air quality of the site surroundings. The impact would be

potentially significant when the ambient air quality deteriorates due to emissions from

construction equipment and machinery or the construction generators etc. beyond the

guidelines especially at the environmental receptors in the neighborhood. The exhaust

emissions will include particulate matter, hydrocarbons, oxides of nitrogen, sulphur, and

carbon.

▪ The emissions from operation of construction equipment and machinery as well as

generators is not expected to have been significant as to affect the ambient air quality of the

area in view of the observation that the site was properly contained and construction

equipments were duly maintained.

Mitigation Measure

o All vehicles, generators and other equipments used during the construction will be properly

tuned and maintained in good working condition in order to minimize emission of pollutants.

o The stack height of the generators during operation phase will be vented through vertical

stacks to minimize exposure at ground level.

o The noise and air emission from Credible Towers as a whole will be contained within its

microenvironment by measures engrained in the design of the building. The mechanical area

will be provided with noise abatement devices. Generators emissions will be controlled to

acceptable levels by segregating their locations and timely maintenance.

o In order to compensate for the increase and footprint of carbon and water vapor it would be

desirable for proponent of Credible Towers to undertake plantation of large number of trees

with dense canopy at the nearest public park/green belt in consultation with the Independent

Monitoring Consultant (IMC).

5.4.8 Construction Noise

▪ Depending on the construction equipment used and its distance from the receptors, the

commuters and residents in the neighborhood may be exposed to intermittent and variable

noise levels. During the day such noise results in general annoyance and can interfere with

sleep during the night.

▪ In general, human sound perception is such that a change in sound level of 3 dB is clearly

noticeable, and a change of 10 dB is perceived as a doubling or halving of sound level. The

noise in the project area will increase during construction and completion of the Credible

Towers project and may result in disturbance to the nearby receptors unless it is contained

within the appropriately fenced and covered site of the Project.

▪ Baseline noise measurements were obtained through continuous monitoring for a 24-hour

period at the project site. It was found from the noise monitoring that the typical average

noise level in the project area was >70 dB (A). The Sindh Environmental Quality Standards for

noise require that the sound level in residential and commercial areas should not exceed 55


Final Report


dB(A) and 65 dB(A) respectively during day time and 45 dB(A) and 55 dB(A) respectively

during the night time.

Mitigation Measures

o Restraining the use of noisy equipment to suit to the conditions of the living environment

namely 65 dB(A) during the day and 55 dB(A) during the night.

o Reducing equipment noise at source by proper design, regular maintenance & repair of

construction machinery and equipment.

o Minimizing noise from vehicles and back-up power generators by use of proper silencers and

mufflers.

o Use noise-abating devices wherever needed and practicable.

5.4.9 Water Sourcing

▪ Water required for numerous construction activities would not be of such order as to result in

its reduced availability for other activities for the living environment. Conservation practices

would nevertheless be adopted during the entire course of construction and operation.

▪ Water in the initial stages will be obtained from tanker trucks, generally from the KWSB

water supply system. The availability of ready-mix on commercial scale has greatly resolved

the problem of availability of water in the initial stages. The drinking water need during the

construction stage will be fulfilled through bottled from a bottled water supplier of repute.

▪ Water requirement during the operation phase of Credible Towers will be about 103,525

gallons per day for which the Proponent has obtained NOC from Karachi Water & Sewerage

Board (KW&SB). Option for recycling of the wastewater and regeneration of the potable

water from groundwater resources by adequate treatment may have to be explored since

adequate water supply to the Karachi residents the core areas is not assured despite the fact

that the authorities are aware that the needs remain unfulfilled while the exorbitant taxes

are unbearable.

Mitigation Measures

o A complete record of water consumption during the construction and operation phase will

be maintained.

o Water conservation practices will be adopted to prevent wastage of water.

o The water supply lines will be checked and repaired for leaks, if any, in order to reduce

wastage of water.

o Use of water efficient sanitary fittings such as low flush toilets, water efficient shower heads,

and aerators on faucets will be ensured throughout the Project cycle.

5.4.10 Soil Contamination

▪ The contractor shall be mandated to follow the SOPs with regard to handling, storage,

transfer, use and final disposal of contaminants, if any by the proponent. The following

measures will be adopted during the construction stage to reduce the chances of soil

contamination:

Mitigation Measure

o Fuel oils, lubricants, and chemicals will be stored in covered dyked areas, underlain with

impervious lining. The construction site(s) will be provided with hard cover or tarpaulin lining

to prevent contamination of soil.


Final Report


o Washing and maintenance of vehicles and equipment will only be carried out at designated

areas.

o Regular inspections will be carried out to detect leakages in construction vehicles and

equipment.

o Appropriate implements such as shovels, plastic bags and absorbent materials will be made

available near fuel and oil storage areas for removal of oil and contaminated soil.

o Contaminated soil will be removed and properly disposed after treatment such as by

incineration by SEPA certified contractor.

o Hazardous Substances Rules 2014 will be adhered to for storage, transfer, subsequent

handling and final disposal of any chemicals/substances during the operation stage.

5.4.11 Wastewater Generation & Disposal

▪ Construction Phase: Disposal of domestic effluent from the construction site has to be

adequately managed so that the wastewater flows into the regular channel and does not

contaminate the soil and groundwater of the site or its surrounding.

Mitigation Measures

The following mitigation measures will be adopted during stages of construction:

o Wastewater generated will be routed to the nearest drain / sewerage system.

o Sewage will not be mixed with any other waste.

▪ Operation Phase: The Credible Towers on becoming functional will generate around 82,000

gallons of wastewater per day that will be mainly sewage. Small quantities of hazardous

wastewater will also be produced during the maintenance activities in the building (such as

oily water etc.).

▪ The source of wastewater will include toilets, washrooms, laundry and kitchen. This

wastewater would comply with the SEQS values provided that other hazardous wastes (i.e.

paints etc.) are not mixed with it. The discharges from kitchen, canteen and other sources

will be provided grease traps to separate the oily waste that will be disposed of responsibly

through EPA approved contractor.

Mitigation Measures

Following mitigation measures will be adopted for effective management of wastewater during

the operation stage of project:

o Waste water will be treated at source and the grey water will be separated from black and

recycled into a separate channel for use in the washrooms. This is expected to substantially

reduce the water footprint. The final discharge would be routed to the existing municipal

drain/sewerage system.

o Waste segregation measures would be employed to minimize entry of solid waste into the

wastewater stream.

o Water conservation strategies will be employed to avoid wastage of water.

5.4.12 Solid Waste Generation and Management

▪ Construction Phase: The construction phase of the project is expected to generate wastes

including; packing waste; scrap, excess construction materials and debris, domestic wastes

from construction camp, empty containers and drums, used lubricating oils and chemicals

etc.


Final Report


▪ The impact of solid waste disposal would be significant if the waste management is not

carried out appropriately. This may adversely affect the health of workers, cause soil

pollution, and deteriorate the quality of surface water and groundwater. Also, if excessive

wastes are generated, recyclable wastes are not recycled, wastes are scattered, handling of

wastes will result in contamination, and wastes are improperly disposed of, the result would

be serious degradation of the environment.

▪ Waste generated as a result of construction activity will be inherently less reactive and

chemically inert under normal conditions however, its handling and storage may pose

adverse impacts of minor nature which could be controlled by employing the recommended

mitigation measures in the EMP.

Mitigation Measures

▪ A waste management plan will be developed for the construction stage of the project. The

following will be the key elements of the waste management system:

o Separate bins will be placed for different type of wastes - plastic, paper, metal, glass, wood,

and cotton.

o Recyclable material will be separated at source. The recyclable waste will be sold to EPA

certified waste contractors for recycling.

o Non-hazardous non-recyclable wastes such as kitchen wastes will be disposed of in landfill

site managed by municipal administration or approved waste manager/contractor.

o No wastes will he dumped at any location outside the site boundary.

o All hazardous waste will be separated from other wastes. Hazardous wastes will be stored in

designated areas with restricted access and proper marking. Hazardous wastes will be

disposed of through approved waste manager/contractor.

o Surplus construction materials including partially filled chemical and paint containers will be

returned to suppliers. Inert construction wastes will be disposed of onsite as fill material or

sold as scrap to contractors.

o Records of all waste generated during the construction period will be maintained. Quantities

of waste disposed, recycled, or reused will be logged on a Waste Tracking Register.

o Training will be provided to personnel for identification, segregation, and management of

waste.

▪ Operation Phase: Credible Towers will generate solid waste from residential and commercial

units of the project. In Karachi, the per capita waste generation has been estimated at 0.613

kg per day1. Commercial and institutional waste fraction equal to 40% of the residential

sector2. By the above estimates, it may be anticipated that the Credible Towers project on

become operational will generate about 2 tons of solid waste per day. The solid waste will

mainly include food waste, paper and packaging material, plastic bottles and glass.

▪ If not properly managed and disposed of this can pose serious environmental threat of

pollution not only to the residents and visitors to the complex but also to the surrounding

settlements.

▪ Solid waste management however remains an unresolved problem in Karachi. Several

options have been proposed and also implemented but none of them could resolve the

problem. The solution perhaps lies now in the attempts that the Sindh Solid Waste

Management Board has launched on. The SSWMB has taken a holistic view of the situation

1 Data Collection for Preparation of National Study on Privatization of Solid Waste Management in Eight Selected Cities of Pakistan 2 Study conducted by the consortium of National Consulting Engineers of Pakistan, Waste Management Pakistan (Pvt.) Ltd. and Sembwaste Pte. Ltd. in 2005


Final Report


and has integrated a number of options that may at least partly alleviate the heavy impact

which Karachi is faced with.

Mitigation Measures

▪ The following measures would reduce the negative impacts of solid waste disposal:

o The solid waste shall be collected through garbage chute at dedicated site.

o All solid waste shall be segregated into organic and recyclable waste at source and then

collected, stored, and transported for ultimate safe disposal.

o Handling & disposal of solid waste shall be managed by a dedicated waste management

contractor.

o The solid waste management plan developed will be implemented and facilities for collection,

storage and transportation will be established and organized.

5.4.13 Operation of Vehicular Traffic

▪ Vehicular traffic management will have to be undertaken seriously to restrain unnecessary

traffic jams that may cause annoyance to the commuters travelling on the roads surrounding

the project. The parking analysis represents that the available parking space is of 457 cars and

248 Motorcycles. Whereas the estimated parking demand is of 773 cars and 822 Motorcycles,

concluding that there is a deficiency of 316 car and 574 MC parking in the facility. The huge

deficiency is observed in the parking supply, the parking floor should be increase to cater the

need of parking in the proposed development.

Description Car MC

Supply 416 248

Demand 808 849

Deficiency 392 601

▪ After analysis for the proposed development, some operative recommendations are drawn

from the traffic circulation plan which are mentioned below;

o The comparison between Parking Supply inventory and demand estimation of the proposed

project highlights that there is a prominent deficiency in the availability of parking stalls.

There should be an increase in parking floor to adjust the parking requirements for the

proposed development.

o Detailed analysis report elucidated that the estimated trip generation of the project is in

notable numbers which eventually leads to the fact that an impact is likely to be created

through the estimated project traffic.

o Due to dimensional growth in this area, more traffic will be induced which is likely to cause

congestion on the surrounding road.

o There are four access gates provided for the vehicular entrance, the graphical representation

is attached below for better understanding.


Final Report


Figure 5.4: Access Gates for the proposed development

▪ From the above figure, it is suggested that three access gates should be allotted for

residential units because in proposed development three zones are demarcated for

residential purpose. While, one access gate at University road (towards Safoora Chowrangi)

should be demarcated for commercial purpose access which is zone D.

▪ Since, the project will be generating 614 trips at peak hour, hence to minimalize the traffic


road signalized T-Intersection is proposed. The geometry shows that there could be

signalized T-Intersection on Primary roads which leads towards the project as shown in the

figure below;

Figure 5.5: Provision of Signalized Tee-Intersection on two surrounding roads


Final Report


▪ Residential parking is provided on residential zone which is Zone A, B, and C. Similarly,

commercial parking is assigned on commercial zone D. This will assist in efficient circulation

of traffic separating the residential demand from commercial demand.

▪ Valet parking should be provided to commercial users to properly manage the traffic

providing ease to the driver and better internal maneuvering.

▪ The project lies at the location which connects the surrounding roads to Safoora Chowrangi,

to manage the peak hours one lane in front of project should be assigned for vehicular access

or drop off while remaining lanes should be assigned for through movement as mentioned

below;

Figures 5.6: One lane is designated for project access and parking while other lane is designated

for through movement


Final Report


▪ Furthermore, it is suggested that the road in front of the project which connects two

branches of university road (marked by red rectangle) should be converted into one-way

road for better maneuvering of the vehicular traffic.

▪ This same road is currently a two-lane road with earthen shoulders on both sides. It is

recommended to convert these earthen shoulders into pedestrian walk ways with proper

signs, marking and pedestrian crossings.

▪ On University road, which is going towards Malir Cantt containing U-turn, for the better

maneuvering some modifications are suggested on existing U-turns. First one consists of

storage lane with 1:8 - 1:36 slope with AASHTO specified turning radii. Second one is based on

storage lane and merging lane, both with 1:8 – 1:36 slope as it is shown below. Through this,

traffic congestion caused due to project traffic will be minimized on U-turns during peak

hours.

Figure 5.7: Proposed Geometrical Alteration for U-Turn movement


Final Report


Figure 5.8: U-turn with storage lane

Figure 5.9: U-turn with storage and merging lane

Mitigation Measures

▪ The following mitigation measures will be adopted to remove the constraints to smooth flow

of traffic:

o Heavy traffic during construction; phase will come to the project site during late night hours.

Project vehicles shall not be fitted with pressure horns.

o Speed of vehicles will be regulated during construction phase.

o Designated parking areas will be provided for different type of project vehicles within and

around the project site.

o Traffic management plan will be introduced to manage smooth flow of vehicular traffic and

to avoid traffic jam and long queues.

o Traffic management plan will be implemented and monitored.

o Vehicles will be parked at designated parking areas during operational phase.

o Parking of vehicles alongside the road would be prohibited at all time.


Final Report


5.4.14 Seismic Hazards

▪ The area presents a moderate to high hazard potential for earthquake activity. The recently

developed (after the October 2005 earthquake) seismic zone map of Pakistan has divided the

country into 4 seismic zones ranging in term of major, moderate, minor and negligible zones

with respect to ground acceleration values. Under this zoning the Credible Towers project

site lies in the moderate to high hazard zone with minor to moderate damaging impact.

▪ The recently developed guidelines for earthquake design of buildings in Karachi have

assigned an expected Peak Ground Acceleration'(PGA) value of 0.20g for larger buildings

such as the Credible Towers project. This would place the project site within Uniform Building

Code (UBC) Zone 2B. The expected intensity according to the Modified Mercallis Scale (MM)

would be VIII and higher.

Mitigation Measures: No specific mitigation measures other than construction of the building

facility in accordance with the UBC Zone 2B is recommended.

5.4.15 Fire Hazards and Life Safety

Fire incidents in buildings have garnered significant attention in the fire safety over the years.

The proponent has to take lessons from the ongoing fire episodes in buildings and take suitable

measures with regard to provision of life safety systems. The design of life safety systems is a

multidisciplinary solution with the architect detailing the fire stairs, evacuation routes, areas of

refuge as well as the fire rating of the shafts and internal fire separation within the building. The

structural engineers will specify the fire-retardant materials that will protect the structure. The

proposed building will have active systems to provide a comprehensive fire detection and

management system in line with the overall fire and life safety strategy.

Mitigation Measures

The following mitigation measures have been adopted:

o The active life safety systems comprise automatic sprinklers, standpipes, fire detection and

alarm systems, fire suppression systems, stair and lobby pressurization systems.

o Fire control systems comprise of detection and alarm systems, fire suppression systems and

fire management systems.

o Fire Detection and Alarm systems comprise of:

- Smoke and heat detection in selected areas of the building

- Sprinkler detection throughout the building with zoned flow switches

- Manual call points

- Voice Evacuation signals

o Fire suppression systems comprise of:

- Automatic sprinkler systems

- Fire standpipe and hose systems

o Fire management systems comprise of:

- Smoke management systems

- Pressurization systems

- Emergency electric power systems

- Automatic elevator recall systems

- Communication and alarm notification systems

- A central fire command centre.


Final Report


o Active smoke control measures:

- Fire Control by Sprinklers

- Pressurization of Designated Escape Stairways

- Electromagnetic Door Closures

- Depressurization of fire floor by extracting from fire floor only (12 air changes per hour)

- Shut Down air handling plant on all other floors

o The emergency staircase will be provided with a system of pressurization air which is

designed in accordance with United States National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) NFPA

92. The Stairwell pressurization and smoke control fans will be linked to the automatic fire

alarm system.

o The fans for the pressurization will be located at the roof. Each pressurization system will be

provided with run and standby fans. A system for modulating the air-flow will be provided to

cater for the variations in the number of doors open onto the staircase. The flow rate of air

into the lobbies will be varied by using variable speed fans. Smoke extract fans (duty /

standby) will be located on the rooftops of building.

o Air will be supplied into the elevator lobbies in order to keep them slightly pressurized in

normal operation and to provide the necessary ventilation and cooling. In an emergency

situation, the air supply to the corridor lift lobbies will be increased to give the necessary

degree of pressurization.

o The building will be served by an automatic sprinkler system fed by dedicated pumps.

o A combined system permitted under NFPA 14 is proposed where the sprinklers are fed from

the same standpipe as the hose systems. Standpipes will be Class I II standards. Outlet

connections to Class III standpipes are provided at every floor level of every required stairway

above or below grade.

o All areas of the building will have automatic sprinklers. The automatic sprinkler system is

designed in accordance with United States National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)

Automatic Sprinkler Code NFPA13 and local code requirements. A combined system is

proposed in accordance with NFPA 14.

o The fire water tanks are combined with the domestic water storage to ensure that water

does not stagnate in the tanks.

o The sprinkler detection system will be provided with zone valves connected to the analogue

addressable fire alarm and detection system.

5.4.16 Energy use

▪ Electricity during construction phase will be produced from diesel generators, whereas

during operation phase, power supply from KEC shall be made available.

▪ A back up diesel operated generator will also be installed in case of emergency or suspension

of power supply from the mains. The power produced will be significant in terms of costs

both environmental and economic. Since energy produced from non-renewable resource

results in COx, SOx, and NOx emissions, it is important to ensure that energy is used

prudently and best management practices are adopted in building design.

Mitigation Measures

o Gensets will be installed with stand-alone or isolated foundation with proper anti-vibration

packing/ pad, etc.;

o Smoke of a gensets will be channelized/emitted in a manner that it is not a nuisance in the

neighborhood;


Final Report


o Genset will be installed in the basement, roof top, ground floor, front/back offset of the

premises/ building, in, in order of priority. However, due care will be taken so that it is not a

nuisance in the neighborhood; and

o Proponent shall necessarily install a source of standby power back up for the building and

installation of genset by individuals will be prohibited.

o Proper maintenance as per following can reduce the pollution level and increase the Genset

life.

5.4.17 Materials Selection

▪ General specification/details have been worked out in respect of type of structures, concrete,

and all other materials required for the Construction of Credible Towers Project. The

following measures will be adopted to ensure sustainable development of the Project:

Mitigation Measures

o The structures and materials will, in the construction stage, conform to recommended

standards and follow standard practice of civil works.

o Materials including paving stones, crush, gravel and sand will be brought from commercial

quarries located in Sindh province. Environmentally sound materials and goods will be

selected, with priority being accorded to products meeting national and international

standards.

o Traditionally well-tried materials and components will be selected and selection of

construction materials would be based on sustainable source.

o The production, use and disposal of building materials during the construction stage of

Credible Towers will utilize considerable amount of energy and resources; all attempts will be

made towards efficient consumption and minimization of wastage of water, energy and

materials

o Best practice of energy efficiency will be adopted in the building design. The Project building

would be constructed with high level of thermal insulation

o The environmental impacts arising from selection of building materials and components

would take account of the environmental issues during the materials selection process, and

introduce Recycling strategies such as Reuse and Reduction of Wastewater

5.4.18 Disturbance to Wildlife

▪ The project site does not have any wildlife habitat or endangered species. Therefore, no

significant impacts are envisaged on the wildlife during the project construction and

operation phase.

5.4.19 Potential Impacts on Socio-economic Environment

▪ Health, Safety and Environment are major components of the Environmental Management

Plan (EMP) of which monitoring of the environmental performance is an integral part. The

proponent has to ensure strict adherence to the measures and guidelines stated in the EMP

and the contractor must be made to follow the Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) for

construction activities.

▪ It is not unusual to observe that construction workers are left on their own to protect

themselves from imminent hazards. Accidents usually occur at unprotected sites and are

incident on unprotected workers. HSE considerations require that precautions must be taken

against even the most insignificant impacts.


Final Report


▪ Major social concerns during the construction stage arise when: i) the stakeholders are not

informed about the project or its schedule of operations; ii) the site is not appropriately

cordoned off to restrain outsiders from entering the site; iii) construction crew invariably

ignores or sidetracks the mandatory requirement of wearing PPEs; iv) construction crew is

not pre-trained to be aware of the likely hazards during various stages of the project; v) even

if they are trained on awareness and provided the PPEs the lukewarm attitude of the

supervisors does not oversee the follow-up of HSE procedures/SOPs.

▪ Safety risk assumes substantial proportion in densified areas of urban centers. Under the

circumstances there is need for strict compliance with the HSE procedures and accidents

incident on non-observation of HSE procedures must be keenly monitored and recorded to

ensure the safety of both workers and citizens. For this purpose, the contractor will be

required to maintain a record of procedures on Health, Safety and Environmental

Management Plan and Standards Operating Procedures in addition to the following:

o Provide alternative traffic arrangement/detours, if necessary, so that traffic can be

distributed and move on different roads; and, ensure that public/residents association is

informed about such traffic diversions;

o Provide information to the public through media – daily newspapers and local cable television

(TV) services about the need and schedule of work, and alternative routes;

o Maintain transparency of the project, public information/caution boards must be provided at

the work site – information shall inter-alia include: project name, cost and schedule;

executing agency and contractor details; nature and schedule of work; traffic diversion

details, if any; entry restriction information; competent official’s name and contact

information for public complaints.

o Restraining access to the public from the site by enclosing/barricading the construction area;

providing warning boards and sign boards and positioning security guards throughout the

day and night, 07/24;

o Ensuring provision of PPEs (helmet, hand gloves, boots, masks, safety hoists when working

at height, etc.) and making sure that all workers do wear them;

o List the code of conduct and standard operating procedures (SOPs) to be followed during

different stages of construction;

o Employ an Environmental, Health and Safety (EHS) expert on site;

o Provide on-site Health and Safety Training for all site personnel;

o Report accidents to the authorities promptly, and maintain records on regular basis

o Temporary inconveniences due to construction works will be minimized through planning

and coordination with community members and organizations e.g. Traffic Management

Authorities.

o Maintain the service roads in good condition to allow smooth traffic movement; provide

necessary personnel to guide and control the traffic.

▪ The proposed Credible Towers Project will create employment during its construction and

operation phase. During construction, about 100 people are expected to be employed. The

Project will create employment opportunities after completion. This also includes staff

directly involved in the operation and management of the facilities that include the Credible

Towers management, the staff engaged by the residential flat owners, shop owners,

domestic servants, security personnel, and drivers.

▪ Most of the workforce will consist of local people. The generation of employment is likely to

be a major positive impact arising from the proposed development.


Final Report


▪ Table-5.2 presents an analysis of the socioeconomic impacts on the two domains of

socioeconomic environment viz. macroenvironment and microenvironment. It may be seen

from the Table that both domains have impact that are positive. The Project would promote

economic uplift and raise the status of the commercial enterprises and social status as well as

lifestyle of the community resident in the microenvironment of project area. Creation of jobs

and promotion of business and commercial activities is an additional feature of the Credible

Towers Project.

Table 5.2: Nature and Degree of Positive Socioeconomic Impacts

Nature of positive impact

Degree of impact Description

I. Construction Phase:

Job opportunity Positive Impact Generate unskilled, semi-skilled and skilled jobs as construction laborers and other service providers.

Wider economic impact

Positive Impact Economic impact in terms of generating opportunities for other business-like sourcing of man and material supplies for specialized jobs.

II. Operation Phase

Job opportunity Major Positive Impact

Generate large number of jobs in various positions both in managerial, supervisory and subordinate positions.

Improvement in quality of life

Major Positive Impact

Provide safe and secure environment for social, cultural, and commercial activity

Enhancement of quality of environment

Major Positive Impact

Benefit the macroenvironment by adopting Public park/greenbelt as a social responsibility

5.4.20 Cultural Resources

▪ There are no protected or otherwise cultural or archaeological sites in the microenvironment

of the project site and hence no impact of the project will occur on cultural or archaeological

resources.

5.4.21 Land-use and Aesthetics

▪ The Project falls in the category that permits the designated land-use; the Project will add the

skillfully and sustainably designed mixed-use housing scheme as a landmark to the skyline of

Karachi and produce positive impact on the aesthetics of the urban environment.

▪ Credible Towers is designed as a self-contained building; with 24-hour security system all over

the building the designers have ensured that the concerns on invasion of privacy are

alleviated and eased. The Project would thus achieve its objective of providing a secure and

safe residential cum commercial building at an attractive location. This being a positive

impact would be an indicator of achievement of the objectives of the Project.

o No mitigation measures will be required.


Final Report


5.4.22 Impacts Rating

▪ The following Checklist for the Credible Towers Project provides the screening of potential

environmental impact on different components of ecosystem.

Screening Questions Yes No Remarks

A. Project Siting Is the project area…...?

Densely Populated? √ The project is following the plan of densification by Cantonment Board Malir

Heavy with Development Activities? √ The densification has open doors for such development activities

Adjacent to or Within Any Environmentally Sensitive Areas?

√ Outside the corridor of impact

Cultural Heritage Site √ Outside the corridor of impact

Protected Area √ Outside the corridor of impact

Wetland √ Outside the corridor of impact

Mangrove √ Outside the corridor of impact

Estuarine √ Outside the corridor of impact

Buffer Zone of Protected Area √ Outside the corridor of impact

Special Area for Protecting Biodiversity √ Outside the corridor of impact

Bay √ Outside the corridor of impact

B. Potential Environmental Impacts Will The Project Cause…?

Impacts on the sustainability of associated sanitation and solid waste disposal systems and their interactions with other urban services.

√

Taking cognizance of the situation, the proponent has already paid heavy amount as its share for the augmentation of utility services of the area concerned

Deterioration of surrounding environmental conditions due to rapid urban population growth, commercial and industrial activity, and increased waste generation to the point that both manmade and natural systems are overloaded and the capacities to manage these systems are overwhelmed?

√

Densification of the roads without a masterplan has taken no cognizance of the centripetal force mentioned above. This omission is likely to result in catastrophes on road. The issue must be resolved through a strategic solution to a cumulative problem.

Degradation of land and ecosystems (e.g. loss of wetlands and wild lands, coastal zones, watersheds and forests)?

√ Not envisaged

Dislocation or involuntary resettlement of people

√ Not envisaged

Dislocation of indigenous communities and Disadvantaged population

√ Not envisaged

Degradation of cultural property, and loss of cultural heritage and tourism revenues?

√ Not envisaged

Occupation of low-lying lands, floodplains and steep hillsides by squatters and low-income groups, and their exposure to increased health hazards and risks due to polluting industries?

√ Not envisaged

Water resource problems (e.g. depletion/ degradation of available water supply, deterioration for surface and ground water quality, and pollution of receiving waters?

√ Not envisaged, better management & conservation practices will be followed

Air pollution due to urban emissions? √ Minor

Social conflicts between construction workers from other areas and local workers?

√ Not expected


Final Report


Road blocking and temporary flooding due to land excavation during rainy season?

√ Not envisaged but will be mitigated if some such situation emerges through better management practices

Noise and dust from construction activities? √ Minor but will be minimized and localized into the microenvironment through best management practices

Traffic disturbances due to construction material transport and wastes?

√

The Project involves major construction activity. State of the art technology will be used. Construction material transportation to the site will be managed through recognized access roads and adoption of good management practices

Temporary silt runoff due to construction? √ Not envisaged but will be mitigated if some such situation emerges through better management practices

Hazards to public health due to ambient, household and occupational pollution, thermal inversion, and smog formation?

√

Not envisaged but will be mitigated if some such situation emerges through better management practices and implementation of Environmental Management Plan

Water depletion and/or quality degradation? √ Best management practices and conservation practices will be followed in view of constraints on availability

Overplaying of ground water, leading to land subsidence, lowered ground water table, and salinization?

√ Conservation practices will be followed and excessive use will be avoided

Contamination of surface and ground waters due to improper waste disposal?

√ Solid and Liquid waste Disposal system will be in place to prevent possible contamination of water resources

Pollution of receiving waters resulting in amenity losses, fisheries and marine resource depletion, and health problems?

√ Solid and Liquid waste Disposal system will be in place to prevent possible contamination of receiving waters.

Overall Rating √

Moderate Impacts and can be mitigated through implementation of standard operating procedures as part of Environmental Management Plan


Final Report

EMC Pakistan Pvt. Ltd Chapter – 6: Environmental Management Plan Page 1 of 36

Chapter 6 Environmental Management Plan (EMP)

6.1 Introduction

6.1.1 General

The Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) for the proposed development activities of Credible

Towers Project has identified potential impacts that are likely to arise during the construction and

operation phases. The EIA has examined in detail both negative and positive impacts of each

stage of the operation. Where adverse impacts have been identified, the EIA has recommended

mitigation measures; include management and monitoring practices, physical controls, or

compensation in monetary terms. The mitigation measures proposed are based on a good

understanding of the sensitivity and behavior of environmental receptors, past experience, case

studies, legislative controls, guidelines, & expert advice. For the effective implementation and

management of the mitigation measures and monitoring requirements an Environmental

Managements Plan (EMP) has been prepared and presented in this section. For any residual

impacts (impacts remaining after applying the recommended mitigation measures) or for

impacts in which there has been a level of uncertainly in prediction, monitoring measures have

been recommended. Advice on monitoring measures required was sought from experts involved

in the EIA and case studies of similar development activates at international level.

6.1.2 Objectives

The EMP provides a delivery mechanism to address adverse impacts, to enhance project benefits

and to introduce standards of good practice to be adopted for all project works.

The primary objectives of the EMP are to:

▪ Outline mitigation measures recommended in the EIA and define the responsibility and

timing for the implementation of these measures;

▪ Develop monitoring mechanism & identify parameters that can confirm the implementation

of the mitigation of these measures;

▪ Define roles and responsibilities of the project proponent for the implementation of EMP and

identify areas where these roles & responsibilities can be shared with other stakeholders and

▪ Define the requirements necessary for documenting compliance with the EMP and

communicating it to all concerned regulatory agencies.

For each impact, or activity, which could give rise to an impact, the following information is

presented:

▪ Mitigation measure that will be implemented;

▪ The person(s) responsible for ensuring full implementation of the mitigation measure;

▪ The parameters that will be monitored to ensure effective implementation of the mitigation

measure;

▪ The timing for the implementation of the action, to ensure that the objectives of the

mitigation are fully met.


Final Report


6.2 Structure of the EMP

The EMP consists of the following section.

▪ Legislation and guidelines.

▪ Organizational structure and roles and responsibilities;

▪ Mitigation management’s matrix

▪ Environmental monitoring programme

▪ Change management plan

▪ Training Programme

6.3 Legislation and Guidelines

The EIA has discussed in detail all the legislation and guidelines (chapter 3) which has relevance

to the project. Credible Developers Pvt. Ltd shall ensure that the construction and operation of

project is conducted in conformance to relevant legislations and guidelines and guidance is

sought as and when required. Credible Developers Pvt. Ltd shall also ensure that the key project

management staff is aware of these legislations and guidelines. SEQS for municipal and industrial

effluents, selected gaseous pollutants from industrial sources and motor vehicle exhaust and

noise are provided in Chapter 2.

6.4 Organizational Structure and Roles and Responsibilities

6.4.1 Organizational Structure

The proposed project includes the following main organization:

▪ Credible Developers Pvt. Ltd as the project proponent and owners of the EMP.

▪ The construction contractor as well as contractor required during the operational phase (e.g.

waste contractor) as the executors of the EMP.

These organizations will have the following roles and responsibilities during the project activities.

6.4.2 Roles and Responsibilities

A. General

Credible Developers Pvt. Ltd: As project proponents, Credible Developers Pvt. Ltd will be

responsible for ensuring the implementation of the EMP. A person holding a senior position will

be responsible for the overall environmental performances during the proposed project. The

person will be responsible for ensuring the implementation of the EMP by Credible Developers

Pvt. Ltd and all project contractors. The proponent’s Site Representative (SR) will be responsible

of implementation of the EMP and liaison with project contractor and stakeholders at site

regarding environmental issues during the construction phase. Further the person holding a

senior position in Credible Developers Pvt. Ltd will also be responsible for monitoring EMP’s

compliance and provided technical support in environmental issues.

Project Contractors: For the proposed project, Credible Developers Pvt. Ltd will appoint

construction contractor for different field operations. Various contractor will also be hired during

the operation phase of the building (e.g. waste contractors) The contractors will be responsible


Final Report


for implementation of, or adherence to, all provisions of the EIA and the EMP and with any

environmental and other codes of conduct required by Credible Developers Pvt. Ltd. Overall

responsibility of the contractor’s environmental performances will rest with the person holding

the highest management position within the contractor’s organization reporting to their

management. The contractor’s site managers will be responsible for the effective

implementation of the EIA and the EMP. The contractor’s HSE officers will have functional

responsibilities to ensure implementation of or adherence to the EMP.

B. Planning and Design of the Operations

Details of project Activities: Details of the project activities are provided in section 2 of the EIA

report. Following approval of the EIA, any changes to the proposed activities will be handled

through the change Management Plan provided in this EMP.

Approvals: Obtaining Approval from SEPA will not relieve the proponent of other legal obligation

and hence Credible Developers Pvt. Ltd and project contractors will obtain all other relevant

clearance and necessary approvals required by the Government of Sindh and Relevant

departments prior to commencing the respective operations. The SBCA has in compliance of the

orders of the Honorable SC imposed complete ban on construction of multistoried/high rise

buildings in the Karachi region by restricting approval of the building plan to G+6. The above ban

restricting the construction to six storeys is a stopgap arrangement till such time that the water

supply and sewage disposal system has been augmented to the desired level.

Contractual Provision: Adherence to the requirements of the EIA and EMP in terms of

environmental mitigation will be required from all project contractors and thus EMP will form

part of their contractor with Credible Developers Pvt. Ltd.

C. Implementation of the Operation

Co-ordination with Stakeholders: Credible Developers Pvt. Ltd will ensure that co-ordination with

the regulators and other stakeholders on environmental & social matters is maintained

throughout construction & operation phase of the project.

Monitoring: Credible Developers Pvt. Ltd and the contractors will ensure that monitoring of the

project activities is carried out throughout the project. The Credible Developers Pvt. Ltd’ site

representative will monitor all project activities during the construction and operation phase. He

will keep a record of all non-conformances observed and report these along with actions to

Credible Developers Pvt. Ltd management in Karachi for further action. The site representative

will also report any impacts anticipated along with his recommendation for further action.

Emergency Procedures: Credible Developers Pvt. Ltd and the contractors will prepare

contingency plans to deal with any emergency situation that may arise during the construction

and operation e.g. major oil spills, medical evacuation & communicate these to the regulatory

agencies if required by these agencies.

Approvals: The project contractor will be responsible for obtaining all relevant approvals such as

approvals for waste contractors, water source & others as specified in Mitigation Management

Matrix.


Final Report


Trainings: The project contractors will be responsible for the selection and training of their staff

capable of completing the project activities properly and efficiently. The contractors will be

responsible for providing training to their staff members according to the training programme.

The training programme is discussed briefly in section 7.7.3.

D. Communication and Documentation

Credible Developers Pvt. Ltd and the contractor will ensure that the communication and

documentation requirements specified in the EMP are fulfilled during the construction and

operation phase.

Change Management: The EIA for the proposed project recognizes that changes in the operation

or the EMP may be required during the project activities and therefore provides a Change

Management Plan to manage such changes. Overall responsibility for the preparation of change

management statements will be with Proponent’s site representative.

Restoration: Credible Developers Pvt. Ltd along with the construction contractor will be

responsible for the final restoration of work areas.

PUBLIC RELATION OFFICER

HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT (HSE)

MANAGER

SITE OPERATION MANAGER

HEALTH, SAFETY &

ENVIRONMENT (HSE)

OFFICER

PERSONNEL SAFETY

SUPERVISOR

INDIVIDUAL EMPLOYEES

HSE COORDINATOR

CONSTRUCTION

CONTRACTOR

ENVIRONMENTAL INSPECTOR

DEPARTMENT MANAGER

SUPERVISOR / FOREMAN/

LEAD PERSON

HEALTH, SAFETY &

ENVIRONMENT (HSE)

SUPERVISOR

PROJECT MANAGER

SUGGESTED ORGANOGRAM FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT


Final Report


6.5 Maintenance of the EMP

EMP needs to be revised on timely basis to keep up-to-date as per the requirements comes up

regularly. Therefore, outlining the responsibilities and activities associated with the maintenance

of the EMP is essential. The responsibilities of the Construction Contractor should be detailed and

procedures for requesting EMP revisions should also be outlined. EMP revision procedures must

include requirements for notification of the appropriate government and municipal agencies so

that their role is also played in the overall management process.

6.6 Environmental Health and Safety Management System

Environmental, Health and Safety Management System is essential for the care of EHS issues

which should outline mitigation measures and best management practices. This management

system recommends carrying out a complete assessment, evaluating, monitoring, identifying and

control all potential hazards and risks arise during the construction and operation phases of the

proposed project. It needs to ensure that the Health and Safety Plan (HSP) along with the Health

and Safety Rules is established and enforced. The Plan should outline roles, responsibilities and

expected outcomes with respect to the environmental health and safety management of the

construction & operation phase of the Project. These measures should be implemented to ensure

that no significant adverse environmental, health and safety impacts are created by activities

associated with the construction of the project.

Protection of the public and workforce health and safety during both construction and

operations is the prime responsibility of proponent. Utilizing expert personnel and the

Environment, Health and Safety Management System (EHSMS), the potential health and safety

hazards and risks will be identified and assessed, then the subject of substantial planning,

organization, procedures for various facility are developed.

6.6.1 Health and Safety during Construction Phase

Worker Health & Safety Management Plan will also be outlined to implement mitigation

measures and best management practices. The plan should be implemented to ensure that no

significant adverse worker’s health and safety issues arise from activities associated with the

construction of the project.

Potential hazards for workers in construction include:

→ Falls (from heights);

→ Trench collapse;

→ Scaffold collapse;

→ Electric shock and arc flash/arc blast;

→ Failure to use proper personal protective equipment; and

→ Repetitive motion injuries.


Final Report


6.6.2 Health and Safety during Operation Phase

Since Credible Towers is a high-rise development, occupational health & safety issues need to be

addressed managed effectively to ensure safety of its occupants in particular and the

neighborhood in general.

6.7 Emergency Response Plan

Emergency may be defined as a sudden event causing or has the potential to cause serious

human injury and/or environmental degradation of large magnitude. The best “cure’’ for an

emergency is, of course, “prevention”. The probable emergency situation can be:

→ Serious fire or explosion

→ Major gas leakage.

→ Major Spillage

→ Natural calamity such as heavy rain, flooding, dust storm or earthquake, cyclone, etc.

→ Bomb threat or any sabotage/terrorist activity

→ Any other incident involving all or large part of the premises and its workers.

Emergency Response Management is provided by a small team of senior managers (the “Control

Committee”) who in turn will direct all response activities through the Emergency Response Unit.

6.7.1 Objectives

The main objective of this plan is to establish the general guidelines for the actions to be taken in

the event of fires, explosion, emergencies, accidents, disasters and sabotage, aimed at

minimizing their effects and consequences, in order to protect:

→ The lives of own or third-party personnel present in the building’s facilities.

→ The lives of the occupants of the Project

→ The lives of the nearby residents & communities coming into the direct influence of the

building’s area.

→ The lives of the ecological systems located in the surroundings of the Project.

6.7.2 Emergency Response Manuals

Based on the Risk Assessment the proponent should prepare written emergency preparedness

and response plans/procedures for the building to cover emergency situations that could occur.

It may be required that Emergency Response Manuals will be developed for various situations

arising.

6.8 Standard Operating Procedures (During Construction phase)

6.8.1 Wastewater/ Storm water management

(1) Purpose of Wastewater/storm water Management

The purpose of the adopted procedure is to provide guidelines and simplify the process of

categorizing, quantifying, managing, and disposing of wastewater wherever and whenever


Final Report


arising during the project’s construction phase. Wastewater management is a critical component

of operating policies. Wastewater management includes the proper disposal/recycling and reuse

of the wastewater generated during construction and operation phase.

(2) Scope

Wastewater as part of construction operation will be managed as per this procedure. An

integrated wastewater management system for Credible Towers project is essential to reduce

wastewater.

Substitute techniques must be investigated, including source reduction, recycling and reuse

wherever possible with a view towards maximizing the benefits and minimizing the cost of each

method of wastewater management.

(3) Procedure

Main concern to manage the wastewater is listed below:

▪ Eliminate wastewater production wherever possible.

▪ Minimize wastewater production.

▪ Recycle or Reuse

▪ Wastewater disposal in an environmentally safe manner through adequately designed facility

▪ Proper drainage of Storm water

a) Wastewater Minimization: Generation of wastewater will be minimized through the

following steps taken by working personnel at the facility:

▪ Through efficient use of raw water (minimizing the wastewater).

▪ Reuse of wastewater after treatment.

b) Storage and Handling: Wastewater shall be stored/retained in specifically designed facility or

storage tanks till proper treatment at sewage treatment plant is sought and subsequently

disposed of.

c) Segregation: Wastewater used in construction will be segregated from wastewater

originating from latrines used by construction staff.

d) Recycling: Reuse of wastewater is a best way to reduce the quantity of the wastewater that

requires subsequent treatment and disposal. Construction wastewater may be reused in

construction activity because it is generally Non-hazardous.

e) Treatment: Wastewater originates from latrines used by construction staff requires

treatment through retention in septic tanks and through primary and secondary treatment

processes.

f) Disposal: Proper disposal should be done following the treatment through discharge into

water bodies or sewerage system where available.


Final Report


(4) Wastewater Management Options

▪ All storm water run-off from construction sites will be inspected for the sediment load and

may be directed to sedimentation basins to remove suspended solids (e.g., silt);

▪ Sewage may be collected and temporarily stored in tank(s) until it is transported to a

designated wastewater treatment facility;

▪ Standard mobile sewage tankers may be engaged to collect and transport sewage from

portable latrines and temporary storage tanks;

▪ Direct discharge will only be considered as a contingency option.

6.8.2 Solid Waste Management Plan

(1) Purpose

The purpose of this procedure is to provide guidelines and simplify the process of categorizing,

managing and disposing of solid wastes. Waste management includes the proper handling,

collection, storage, manifesting, transportation, and disposal/recycling of the solid waste

generated. The procedure is designed to assist in the management’s wide effort to provide

protection to the environment and to comply with company’s corporate requirement,

environmental laws and regulations regarding proper waste management.

(2) Scope

The waste management plan has been developed to ensure that the Management of solid waste

generated as a result of the construction is consistent, efficient, and in conformance with the

laws and regulations.

With respect to monitoring, the waste management sets out the following objective:

▪ To monitor and inspect waste management-related facilities and activities directly resulting

from executing the scope of the contract in order to ensure compliance with the WMP.

Guidelines for proper handling, categorization, recording, minimization, recycling and

disposal of all types of waste associated with company operations and projects are part of

this procedure.

(3) Definitions

a) Waste: Any material, for which no further use is intended, is considered a waste. It can be

solid, semi-solid or liquid. Additionally, abandoned materials and materials intended to be

recycled are considered wastes. It is very important to understand this concept, because

even though something is going to be recycled, it must be managed as a waste until it is

actually recycled.

b) Hazardous Waste: Waste is categorized as a hazardous waste if it has one or more of the

following properties:

▪ Ignitability (flash point less than 60oC);

▪ Corrosivity (pH less than or equal to 2.0, or greater than or equal to 12.5);

▪ Reactivity (inherently unstable under ordinary conditions or when exposed to water);

▪ Irritability (when in contact with body causes inflammation)


Final Report


▪ Toxicity (may cause risk of injury to health of organisms or the environment.)

c) Non-hazardous Waste: The wastes are categorized as non-hazardous wastes, if they do not

possess any of the hazardous characteristics as defined above. However, non-hazardous

waste may still present hazards to employees who handle them. All recommended safety and

handling practices must be followed.

(4) Procedure

Priorities to manage the waste are listed below:

▪ Eliminate waste production whenever and wherever possible. Use the material only for its

intended purpose on site

▪ Minimize waste production

▪ Reuse

▪ Dispose of waste through properly designed waste disposal facility.

a) Waste Minimization: To minimize waste, the following steps shall be taken by all personnel

working on sites (during construction phase):

▪ Only the needed amount of materials shall be ordered. Before purchasing hazardous

material, all alternatives for non-hazardous material should be explored.

▪ Prior consideration shall be given to the sizes of containers available when ordering products

that could potentially generate waste. The intent is to avoid unused products and/or their

containers from becoming wastes that require special handling.

b) Waste Categorization: All wastes generated at facilities shall be categorized in two major

categories (i.e. Hazardous wastes and Non-hazardous wastes) as per the definitions in

section above. Each category has different types of requirement for handling, storage and

disposal.

c) Labelling

▪ Name of the waste (e.g., waste oil, solvents, paints).

▪ Waste category (e.g., toxic, ignitable).

▪ Facility name and address (disposal site, etc.).

▪ Date of waste accumulation: (date when waste was placed in drum).

▪ Wastes are segregated and located in designated areas to optimize control; storage areas.

d) Segregation: The scheme of segregation is as follow:

▪ All hazardous waste if found shall be segregated from other types of hazardous wastes as

well as non-hazardous wastes at the point of generation of waste.

▪ Food waste shall be collected in separate containers.

▪ All containers must be clearly labeled. The label must clearly mention the name or type of

waste. Also, if the waste is hazardous, it should be clearly labeled on the container along with

its hazardous characteristics (e.g. flammable, toxic, radioactive, etc.). This is important to

workers and to emergency response teams, who need to know what they are dealing with.

Missing or unreadable labels must be replaced.


Final Report


e) Storage and Handling

▪ Waste shall be temporarily stored at waste storage facility that will be sent for recycling or

off-site disposal shall be temporarily stored at designated site(s) within the building premises.

▪ The oily sludge, contaminated soil shall be stored in containers

▪ All other wastes awaiting disposal shall be kept in closed containers/boxes separately. Care

must be taken to prevent wastes giving rise to secondary environmental problems, such as

odors or soil and groundwater contamination through rainwater leaching.

▪ All stored wastes must be clearly labeled with type of waste and warning signs.

▪ Daily estimates of hazardous and non-hazardous waste and volumes generated on site.

▪ Waste segregation, waste storage containers, general housekeeping and the provision of

adequate resources will be monitored.

▪ All workers handling wastes shall use proper PPE.

f) Reuse

Construction waste can be reused in other construction projects & excavated material can be

reused in backfilling.

g) Disposal

Disposal becomes the only available alternatives, if reuse and recycling options are exhausted. A

material should be classified as a waste for disposal only if no other useful purpose can be

identified and if the material cannot be beneficially reused or recycled. The choice of a suitable

disposal option for any waste depends on both environmental and economic considerations. The

final disposal can only be off-site disposal facilities due to limited space available.

It requires properly designed and well-operated commercial waste disposal facilities such as

sanitary landfill. All such facilities should be explored and evaluated for possible future use.

(5) Recording & Reporting

The management has to record the information about source, composition, quantity, and final

disposal of the waste. This information is needed for regulatory compliance, risk assessment and

setting reduction targets and objectives as well as corporate statistics. The routine track of waste

shall be recorded.

6.8.3 Air and Noise Emissions

(1) Purpose

The purpose of this guideline is:

▪ To monitor contents of polluting substances in the atmospheric air;

▪ To control observance of approved limiting permissible emissions at man-made sources;

▪ To monitor natural sources and a number of man-made sources of emission at work sites at

the construction phase;

▪ To identify sources of noise emissions and control noise pollution;

▪ To monitor noise emissions.


Final Report


(2) Scope

Scope of work includes:

▪ Evaluation of present ambient air quality and noise level at existing area.

▪ Evaluation of impact of traffic movement at the proposed site and noise level.

▪ Evaluation of impacts on roads and in the adjacent area due to construction.

▪ Evaluation of impacts of air emissions and noise from various stationary sources.

▪ Recommendations for mitigation techniques to redress the expected impacts both for design

phase.

(3) Definitions

Air pollution may be referred to as contamination of pollutants dispersed in air affecting ambient

air quality that may be deleterious to life and property.

In common use the word noise means unwanted sound or noise pollution. Excessive noise

permanently damages hearing, but a continuous low-level sound can be dangerous too.

(4) Procedure

Air emissions (continuous or non-continuous) from facilities such as power generators are

comprising of principal gases (greenhouse gases) which typically include carbon monoxide (CO),

carbon dioxide (CO2), water vapors and other gases such as nitrogen oxides (NOx), and, in case

of sour gases, sulphur dioxide (SO2). Air quality impacts should be estimated by the use of

baseline air quality assessments and atmospheric dispersion models to establish potential ground

level ambient air concentrations during facility design and operations planning. These studies

should ensure that no adverse impacts to human health and the environment result. All

reasonable attempts should be made to maximize energy efficiency and design facilities to

minimize energy use. The overall objective should be to reduce air emissions and evaluate cost-

effective options for reducing emissions that are technically feasible.

Also, vehicular emissions and noise due to traffic movement in and around the complex facility

may of concern to be mitigated and monitored. Atmospheric conditions that may affect noise

levels include humidity, wind direction, and wind speed. Vegetation, such as trees, and walls can

reduce noise levels. Installation of acoustic insulating barriers can be implemented, where

necessary.

(5) Noise and Air Emissions Management Options

Noise and air emissions monitoring includes;

▪ Monitoring of air and noise emissions.

▪ Pollution control technology assessment,

▪ Emission inventory development,

▪ Development of parametric monitoring, periodic monitoring, and compliance assurance

monitoring.


Final Report


(6) Air and Noise Quality Monitoring

Refer attached Environmental Monitoring Plan for details of air and noise quality monitoring at

the Credible Towers project site during construction phase.

a) Performance Indicator: Monitoring results of ambient air shall show the concentration of

pollutant in ambient air.

b) Record and Comments: Record would be kept with the laboratory report attached. A layout

of record keeping format for monitoring results is attached in the annexure at the end of this

EMP.

6.9 Standard Operating Procedures (During Operational Phase)

6.9.1 Wastewater Management

(1) Purpose of Wastewater Management


managing, and disposing of wastewater wherever and whenever arising during the project’s

operational phase. Wastewater management includes the proper disposal/recycling and reuse of

the wastewater generated during operation phase.

(2) Scope

Wastewater generation as part of operational activity will be managed as per this procedure. An

effective wastewater management system for Credible Towers project is essential to reduce

wastewater. Substitute techniques must be investigated, including source reduction, recycling

and reuse wherever possible with a view towards maximizing the benefits and minimizing the

cost of each method of wastewater management.

(3) Definitions

a) Wastewater: All water arising after use/consumption from the Project which can encompass

a wide range of potential contaminants and concentrations.

b) Hazardous Wastewater:

▪ All wastewater comes in the category of hazardous wastewater. If it has one or more of the


▪ Oily water

▪ Toxicity (wastewater containing laboratory testing chemicals, antibiotics etc.)

▪ Concentration of contaminants too high above safe acceptable limits

c) Non-hazardous Wastewater: All wastewaters are categorized as non-hazardous wastes, if they do

not possess any of the hazardous contaminant mainly comprising of consumed water arising from

washing area and sanitary wastewater.

(4) Procedure

Main concern to manage the wastewater is listed below:

▪ Eliminate wastewater production wherever possible.


Final Report


▪ Minimize wastewater production.

▪ Recycle or Reuse

▪ Wastewater disposal in an environmentally safe manner through adequately designed facility

a) Wastewater Minimization: Generation of wastewater will be minimized through the

following steps taken by working personnel at the facility:

▪ Through efficient use of raw water (minimizing the wastewater).

b) Storage and Handling: Wastewater shall be stored/retained in specifically designed facility or

storage tanks till appropriate treatment is sought and subsequently disposed off.

c) Segregation: Hazardous wastewater shall be segregated from Non-hazardous wastewater.

d) Recycling: Recycling of Non-hazardous wastewater is a best way to reduce the quantity of

the total wastewater that requires subsequent treatment and disposal. Non-hazardous

wastewater may be used in the cooling plants and for horticulture purposes.

e) Treatment

▪ Treatment of wastewater through retention in septic tanks and through primary and/or

secondary treatment processes. Ozonator may also be installed for treatment of wastewater.

▪ Some of the wastewater may be reused as mentioned in recycling of wastewater. The

treated water should comply with Sindh Environmental Quality Standards (SEQS).

f) Disposal

Proper disposal should be done following the treatment through discharge into water bodies or

sewerage system where available.

(5) Drinking Water Quality and Wastewater Monitoring Plan

Refer attached Environmental Monitoring Plan for details of drinking water quality and

wastewater monitoring plan.

a) Performance Indicator

Monitoring results of water quality shall show the extent of contamination in the drinking water

and shall regulate and maintain the quality of potable water for establishing its suitability for

human consumption as per WHO guidelines for drinking water quality.

Monitoring results of wastewater quality shall show the concentration of pollutants in the

sewage water and potential for contamination of ground water if not disposed of properly.

b) Record and Comments

Record of analysis reports shall be maintained.


Final Report


6.9.2 Solid Waste Management Plan

(1) Purpose


managing, and disposing of solid wastes. Waste management is a critical component of

management’s operating policies. Waste management includes the proper handling, collection,

storage, manifesting, transportation, and disposal / recycling of the solid waste generated.

(2) Scope

The waste management plan has been developed to ensure that the Management of solid waste

generated as a result of operation is consistent, efficient, and in conformance with the laws and

regulations.

(3) Definitions

a) Waste: Any material, for which no further use is intended, is considered a waste. It can be

solid, semi-solid or liquid. Additionally, abandoned materials and materials intended to be

recycled are considered wastes. It is very important to understand this concept, because

even though something is going to be recycled, it must be managed as a waste until it is

actually recycled.

b) Hazardous Waste: Waste is categorized as a hazardous waste if it has one or more of the


▪ Ignitability (flash point less than 60oC);

▪ Corrosivity (pH less than or equal to 2.0, or greater than or equal to 12.5);

▪ Reactivity (inherently unstable under ordinary conditions or when exposed to water);

▪ Irritability (when in contact with body causes inflammation)

▪ Toxicity (may cause risk of injury to health of organisms or the environment.)

c) Non-hazardous Waste: The wastes are categorized as non-hazardous wastes, if they do not

possess any of the hazardous characteristics as defined above. However, non-hazardous

waste may still present hazards to employees who handle them. All recommended safety and

handling practices must be followed.

(4) Procedure

Priorities to manage the waste are listed below:

▪ Eliminate waste production whenever and wherever possible.

▪ Minimize waste production

▪ Reuse

▪ Dispose of waste through properly designed waste disposal facility.

a) Waste Minimization: To minimize waste, the following steps shall be taken by all personnel

working on sites:

▪ Only the needed amount of materials shall be ordered. Before purchasing hazardous

material, all alternatives for non-hazardous material should be explored.


Final Report


▪ Prior consideration shall be given to the sizes of containers available when ordering products

that could potentially generate waste. The intent is to avoid unused products and/or their

containers from becoming wastes that require special handling.

b) Waste Categorization: All wastes generated at facilities shall be categorized in two major

categories (i.e. Hazardous wastes and Non-hazardous wastes) as per the definitions in

section above. Each category has different types of requirement for handling, storage and

disposal.

c) Labelling

▪ Name of the waste (e.g., chemical waste, solvents, paints, biomedical etc.).

▪ Waste category (e.g., toxic, ignitable).

▪ Facility name and address (disposal site, etc.).

▪ Date of waste accumulation: (date when waste was placed in drum).

▪ Wastes are segregated and located in designated areas to optimize control; storage areas.

d) Segregation: As there are no hazardous wastes envisaged in the project therefore

segregation among the waste will be done as per their matter.

The scheme of segregation is as follow:

▪ All hazardous waste if found shall be segregated from other types of hazardous wastes as

well as non-hazardous wastes at the point of generation of waste.

▪ Laboratory chemical waste is also to be segregated into chlorinated and non-chlorinated

solvents.

▪ Non- hazardous waste consists of containers, shipping cartons, bags, reject, broken bottles,

rejected cartons, labels, strips, corrugated boxes, paper etc.

e) Storage and Handling

▪ All waste from floor and equipment is to be collected using vacuum cleaners.

▪ All containers must be properly and clearly labeled. The label must clearly mention the name

or type of waste. Also, if the waste is hazardous, it should be clearly labeled on the container

along with its hazardous characteristics (e.g. flammable, toxic, radioactive, etc.). This is

important to workers and to emergency response teams, who need to know what they are

dealing with. Missing or unreadable labels must be replaced.

▪ Non-hazardous waste shall be temporarily stored at waste storage facility that will be sent

for recycling or off-site disposal shall be temporarily stored at waste storage facilities

available at different sites such as junkyard, scrap yard, pits, etc.

▪ All other wastes awaiting disposal shall be kept in closed containers/boxes separately. Care

must be taken to prevent wastes giving rise to secondary environmental problems, such as

odors or soil and groundwater contamination through rainwater leaching.

▪ Daily estimates of hazardous and non-hazardous waste and volumes generated on site.

▪ Waste segregation, waste storage containers, general housekeeping and the provision of

adequate resources will be monitored.

▪ All workers handling wastes shall use proper PPE.


Final Report


f) Recycling: Non-hazardous waste can be recycled and reuse to minimize the quantity of waste

requiring disposal. Some of the wastes (like one side printed paper) can be reused within the

facilities while others can only be recycled at off-site recycling centres.

g) Disposal: Disposal becomes the only available alternatives, if reuse and recycling options are

exhausted. Onsite burning or dumping of waste is strictly prohibited.

A material should be classified as a waste for disposal only if no other useful purpose can be

identified and if the material cannot be beneficially reused or recycled. The choice of a suitable

disposal option for any waste depends on both environmental and economic considerations. The

final disposal can only be off-site disposal facilities due to limited space available.

The waste shall be disposed of through a contractor.

(5) Recording & Reporting

The management has to record the information about source, composition, quantity, and final

disposal of the waste. This information is needed for regulatory compliance, risk assessment and

setting reduction targets and objectives as well as corporate statistics.

The routine track of waste shall be recorded. It is the responsibility of the proponent to assign a

suitable person to sign off the record of waste tracking before the waste is dispatched outside.

6.9.3 Air and Noise Emissions

(1) Purpose

The purpose of this guideline is:

▪ To monitor contents of polluting substances in the atmospheric air;

▪ To control observance of approved limiting permissible emissions at man-made sources;

▪ To monitor natural sources and a number of man-made sources of emission at work sites

during operational phase;

▪ To identify sources of noise emissions and control noise pollution;

▪ To monitor noise emissions.

▪ The air emissions from cogeneration facility/backup generators should comply with the SEQS

for air emissions and reported as per EPA reporting requirements.

(2) Scope

Scope of work include

▪ Evaluation of present ambient air quality and noise level at existing area.

▪ Evaluation of impact of traffic movement at the proposed site and noise level.

▪ Evaluation of impacts on roads and in the adjacent area during operational phase.

▪ Evaluation of impacts of air emissions and noise from various stationary sources.

▪ Recommendations for mitigation techniques to redress the expected impacts both for design

phase and operational phase.


Final Report


(3) Definitions

Air pollution may be referred to as contamination of pollutants dispersed in air affecting ambient

air quality that may be deleterious to life and property.

In common use the word noise means unwanted sound or noise pollution. Excessive noise

permanently damages hearing, but a continuous low-level sound can be dangerous too.

(4) Procedure

Air emissions (continuous or non-continuous) from facilities such as power generators, etc. are

comprising of principal gases (greenhouse gases) which typically include carbon monoxide (CO),

carbon dioxide (CO2), water vapors and other gases such as nitrogen oxides (NOx), and, in case

of sour gases, sulphur dioxide (SO2). Air quality impacts should be estimated by the use of

baseline air quality assessments and atmospheric dispersion models to establish potential ground

level ambient air concentrations during facility design and operations planning. These studies

should ensure that no adverse impacts to human health and the environment result. All

reasonable attempts should be made to maximize energy efficiency and design facilities to

minimize energy use. The overall objective should be to reduce air emissions and evaluate cost-

effective options for reducing emissions that are technically feasible. Also, vehicular emissions

and noise due to traffic movement in and around the plant is to be mitigated and monitored.

Atmospheric conditions that may affect noise levels include humidity, wind direction, and wind

speed. Vegetation, such as trees, and walls can reduce noise levels. Installation of acoustic

insulating barriers can be implemented, where necessary.

(5) Noise and Air Emissions Management Options

Noise and air emissions monitoring includes;

▪ Air dispersion modeling and monitoring of air and noise emissions.

▪ Indoor air quality management

▪ Pollution control technology assessment,

▪ Emission inventory development,

▪ Development of parametric monitoring, periodic monitoring, and compliance assurance

monitoring.

(6) Air and Noise Quality Monitoring

Refer attached Environmental Monitoring Plan for details of air and noise quality monitoring at

the Credible Towers project site during operation phase.

a) Performance Indicator: Monitoring results of ambient air shall show the concentration of

pollutant in ambient air.

b) Records and Comments: Records of monitoring reports shall be maintained.

6.10 Environmental Compliance Reporting, Documentation and Trainings

The management will be responsible for the regular audit and review of the environmental

management and monitoring plan. This will include both on-site auditing and review of


Final Report


performance reports. Additional onsite inspections and investigations will be undertaken in the

event of significant environmental incidents. These will be undertaken in conjunction with the

IMC. The management will participate in the audits and inspections and investigations. The

management will also be responsible for regular review of the environmental performance of the

site and site personnel, and for the reporting on the implementation of commitments made in

the EMP.

In particular, there will be:

▪ Periodic audit reports.

▪ A review and improvement of the EMP.

Management recognizes that periodic external compliance audits and inspections will be made

through a third-party consultant (IMC) to monitor, assess and validate the level of performance

and compliance pursuant to the commitments made in the accepted Environmental

Management Plan. The monitoring reports shall also be submitted to Sindh Environmental

Protection Agency (SEPA) on regular intervals.

Training: It an important step for the implementation of the EMP. All the employees will require

to be trained to work appropriately on EMP. EHS Manager will organize trainings in consultation

with HSE Officer. It will make sure that employees understand the Environment, Health and

Safety issues. Trainings should be arranged on regular basis with notification that it should be

attended all respective employees.

HSE Officer will determine the training requirements during both phases. Induction will be the

basis of all training courses for contractor & subcontractor during construction phase.

Trainings identified in EMP are given below:

▪ Site induction course

▪ Training for emergency response and preparedness

▪ Training for familiarization with site environmental controls

Specific environmental training for relevant employees e.g. daily checks to maintain controls,

waste minimization, etc.

6.11 Mitigation Management Matrix

The Mitigation Management Matrix will be used as a management & monitoring tool for

implementation of the mitigation measures required by the EIA. Mitigation management matrix

for construction and operation is provided in the table 6.1. The matrix lists down the following:

▪ The mitigation measure recommended in the EIA.

▪ The person/organization directly responsible for adhering to or executing the required

mitigation measures.

▪ The parameters which will be monitored to ensure compliance with the mitigation measures;

▪ The timing at which the mitigation or monitoring has to be carried out.


Final Report


It is highlighted that although responsibilities for executing and monitoring mitigation measures

have been delegated to different persons, Credible Developers Pvt. Ltd will hold the primary and

overall responsibility for ensuring full implementation of the EMP.

6.12 Environmental Monitoring Programme

The objective of the environmental monitoring during the construction & operation phase will be

as follows:

▪ To check compliance of the contractors with the EMP by monitoring activities of the project

on a daily basis. This will be called compliance monitoring.

▪ To monitor impacts of the operation in which there has been a level of uncertainty in

prediction such as impacts of noise, water abstraction etc. and to recommend mitigation

measures if the impacts are assessed to be in excess of or different from those assessed in

the EIA. The aim will be attained through effects monitoring.

▪ To achieve these objectives, the following monitoring programme will be implemented.

6.12.1 Compliance Monitoring

Compliance monitoring will be carried out to ensure compliance with the requirements of the EIA

and to document and report all non-compliances. The mitigation management matrix provided in

the EMP will be used as a management and monitoring tool. The contractor’s HSE Officer will be

responsible for monitoring the compliance of their organization with the relevant EMP

requirements. Proponent’s site representative will monitor the contractor's compliance and will

also ensure that during construction each activity system and plan is in place for effective

compliance monitoring. The site representative will make regular checks on the contractor's

works; keep records of all non-compliances observed during the execution of the project

activities; & the details of all remedial actions taken to mitigate the project impacts.

6.12.2 Effects Monitoring

The effects monitoring requirements have been detailed in Table 7.2. An independent monitoring

consultant (IMC) will be responsible to carry out the required effects monitoring during the

construction and operation phase.

6.12.3 Environmental Reporting

A. Final Monitoring Report (Construction Phase)

After completion of construction phase, a final monitoring report will be prepared by

Proponent’s site representative. The report will include the following:

▪ Introduction.

▪ Details of the Project Activities.

▪ Natural Resource used during the Project.

▪ List of Non-compliances recorded.

▪ Effects of the Project on Communities and Physical Resources.

▪ Photographic Records


Final Report


▪ Approvals provided during the project

▪ Change managements statements

▪ Trainings

▪ Conclusions

B. Annual Environmental Monitoring Reports (Operation Phase)

The project proponent shall prepare annual environmental monitoring reports describing the

conduct of the operation phase for project along with details of the effects monitoring

conducted annually during the operation phase of the project. The report shall be submitted to

the SEPA.

6.13 Change Management Plan

The EIA for the proposed project recognizes that changes in the operation or the EMP may be

required during the construction and operation and therefore provides a Change Management

Plan to manage such changes. The management of changes is discussed under two separate

headings, Additions to the EMP and Changes to the Operation and the EMP.

6.13.1 Changes to the EMP

The EIA and the EMP have been developed based on the best possible information available at

the time of the EIA study. However, it is possible that during the conduct of the proposed

operation additional mitigation measures based on the findings of environmental monitoring

during the operation may have to be included in the EMP. In such cases following actions will be

taken:

▪ A meeting will be held between Credible Developers Pvt. Ltd and the concerned project

contractors. During the meeting, the proposed addition to the EMP will be discussed and

agreed upon by all parties.

▪ Based on the discussion during the meeting, a change report will be produced collectively,

which will include the additional EMP clause and the reasons for the addition.

▪ The report will be signed by all parties and will be filled at the site office: A copy of the report

will be sent to Credible Developers Pvt. Ltd and contractor head offices.

▪ All relevant project personnel will be informed of the addition.

6.13.2 Changes to the Operation

The change management system recognizes three orders of changes:

A. First Order:

A first order change is one that leads to a significant departure from the project described or the

impacts assessed in the EIA and consequently require a reassessment of the environmental

impacts associated with the change. Example of first order change includes change in location of

proposed project. Action required in this case will be that the environmental impacts of the

proposed change will be reassessed by Credible Developers Pvt. Ltd and sent to the SEPA for

approval.


Final Report


B. Second Order

A second order change is one that does not result in the change in project description or impacts

that are significantly different from those detailed in the EIA. Example of second order changes

includes extension in the site area. Action required for such changes will be that Credible

Developers Pvt. Ltd will reassess the impact of the activity on the environment & specify

additional mitigation measures if required and report the changes to SEPA.

C. Third Order

A third order change is one that does not result in impacts above those already assessed in the

EIA, rather these may be made site to minimize the impact of an activity such as:

▪ Increase in project workforce;

▪ Change in layout plan.

The only action required for such changes will be to record the change in the Change Record

Register.

6.14 Training Programme

Environmental training will form part of the environmental management system. The training will

be directed towards all personnel for general environmental awareness.

6.14.1 Objectives

The key objective of training programme is to ensure that the requirements of the EMP are

clearly understood and followed throughout the project. The trainings to the staff will help in

communicating environmental related restrictions specified in the EIA and EMP.

6.14.2 Roles and Responsibilities

The contractors will be primarily responsible for providing environmental training to all project

personnel on potential environmental issues of the project. The contractors will be responsible to

arrange trainings and ensure the presence of targeted staff.

6.14.3 Training Programme

The environmental awareness, EIA and EMP training will be carried out during the project

activities.

A. Training log

A training log will be maintained by tine contractors. The training log will include:

▪ Topic

▪ Date, time and location

▪ Trainer

▪ Participants


Final Report


B. Training Needs Assessment

In addition to the training specified in the training log special/additional trainings will be provided

during the project activity. The criteria to assess the need of training will be based on the

following:

▪ When a specified percentage of staff is newly inducted in the project

▪ When any non-compliance is repeatedly reported refresher training will be provided

regarding that issue.

▪ When any incident/accident of minor or major nature occurs. Arrival of new contractor/sub-

contractor.

▪ Start of any new process/activity.

C. Training Material

The contractors will develop & prepare training material regarding environmental awareness,

sensitivity of the area, EIA, EMP and restrictions to be followed during the project. Separate

training material will be prepared for each targeted staff.


Final Report


Table 6.1: Environmental Management Plan (EMP)

S.# Impact and Mitigation Measures Responsibilities Monitoring Timing

1 Land Use and Soils

1.1 The construction activities will be planned to minimize disturbance to soil Credible Developers Pvt.

Ltd, CC

Monitoring

compliance

During construction

phase

1.2 To the extent possible, equipment and materials would be staged in areas

that have already been disturbed

Credible Developers Pvt.

Ltd, CC

Monitoring

compliance

During construction

phase

1.3 Movement of construction equipment will be restricted to work areas only

to avoid unnecessary disturbance to soil

CC Monitoring

compliance

During construction

phase

1.4 Routes of water tankers, dumper trucks and other project vehicles will be

monitored for any signs of soil disturbance & road damage

CC Monitoring

compliance

During construction

phase

1.5 Area showing signs of unstabilised soil conditions will be compacted and

watered


Ltd, CC

Monitoring

compliance

During construction

phase

1.6 The assessment of settlement within affected zone due to dewatering will

be conducted prior to dewatering

CC Monitoring

compliance

During construction

phase

1.7 The affected zone of settlement, if identified will be monitored regularly

during dewatering activity


Ltd, CC

Monitoring

compliance

During construction

phase

1.8 Proper drainage will be provided to construction camp, construction site,

especially near excavations and around proposed facility

CC Monitoring

compliance

During construction

phase

1.9 Vehicle speed will be regulated and monitored to avoid excessive dust

emissions

CC Monitoring

compliance

During construction

phase

1.10 Total land uptake by the project and associated facilities will be kept to the

minimum


Ltd, CC

Monitoring

compliance

During construction

phase

1.11 Periodic trainings will be provided to drivers on mitigation measures related

to off-road travel and speed limits


Ltd, CC

Check training records During construction

phase

1.12 The Project will have a storm water collection system so that the storm

water effluent has minimal sediment load


Ltd, CC

Monitoring

compliance

During design and

construction phase

2 Air Quality

2.1 Dust Emissions

2.1.1 Water will be sprinkled daily or when there is an obvious dust problem on all

exposed surfaces to suppress emission of dust. Frequency of Sprinklings will

be kept such that the dust remains under control, particularly when wind is

blowing towards the receptors

CC Monitoring

compliance

During construction

phase


Final Report




2.1.2 Dust emissions from soil piles and aggregate storage stockpiles will be

reduced by appropriate measures. These may include:

→ Keeping the material moist by sprinkling of water at appropriate

frequency

→ Erecting windshield walls on three sides of the piles such that the wall

project 0.5m above the pile, or

→ Covering the pile, for example with tarpaulin or thick plastic sheets, to

prevent emissions.

→ Locating stock piles out of the wind direction

CC Monitoring

compliance

During construction

phase

2.1.3 All roads within the proposed Project will be paved as early as possible after

the commencement of construction work. Until the roads are paved, they

will be sprinkled regularly to prevent dust emission. Other temporary tracks

within the site boundary will be compacted and sprinkled with water during

the construction works.


Ltd, CC

Monitoring

compliance

During construction

phase

2.1.4 Project traffic will maintain a maximum speed limit of 20km/hr on all

unpaved roads within the proposed site area.


Ltd, CC

Check speed of

vehicles

During construction

phase

2.1.5 Construction materials that are susceptible to dust formation will be

transported only in securely covered trucks to prevent dust emission during

transportation.

CC Monitoring

compliance

During construction

phase

2.1.6 The exposure of construction workers to dust will be minimized by

provision of dust masks.

CC Check for dust masks During construction

phase

2.2 Vehicle Equipment and Exhaust.

2.2.1 All vehicles, generators and other equipments used during the construction

will be properly tuned and maintained in good working condition in order to

minimize emission of pollutants.


Ltd, CC

Maintenance records

of vehicles and

equipments

During construction

phase

2.2.2 The stack height of the generators during operation phase will be vented

through vertical stacks to minimize exposure at ground level

CC Monitor compliance During construction

phase

2.3 Generator Emissions

2.3.1 The option of using natural gas as fuel in the back-up generators should be

explored.


Ltd, Generator Vendor

Monitor compliance During design phase

2.3.2 The generator will be properly tuned and maintained in good working Credible Developers Pvt. Check maintenance During operation phase


Final Report




condition in order to minimize exhaust emissions Ltd records

2.3.3 The diesel generator should be used for a very short duration with the

power switched back to the main power supply as quickly as possible.


Ltd

Monitoring

compliance

During operation phase

2.3.4 NOx emission reduction techniques should be employed on a regular basis Credible Developers Pvt.

Ltd

Monitor NOx

emissions


3 Construction Noise

3.1 Reduce equipment noise at source by proper design, maintenance and

repair of construction machinery and equipment


Ltd, CC

Check maintenance

records

During construction

phase

3.2 Minimize noise from vehicles and power generators by use of proper

silencers and mufflers.


Ltd, CC

Monitor compliance During construction

phase

3.3 Use noise-abating devices wherever needed and practicable. Credible Developers Pvt.

Ltd, CC


phase

4 Water Sourcing

4.1 A complete record of water consumption during construction and operation

phase will be maintained


Ltd, CC

Check water

consumption records

During construction and

operation phase

4.2 If a new water well is to be installed, it will be designed to abstract water

preferably from deep aquifer not being used by local communities


Ltd, CC


phase

4.3 Water conservation program will be initiated to prevent wastage of water. Credible Developers Pvt.

Ltd, CC

Monitor compliance During construction and

operation phase

4.4 The water supply lines will be checked and repaired for leaks in order to

reduce wastage of water.


Ltd, Maintenance

Contractor

Check maintenance

records


4.5 Recycle grey water for use for toilet flushing Credible Developers Pvt.

Ltd

Monitor compliance During operation phase

4.6 Ensure that water efficient sanitary fittings are used throughout the

development e.g. low flush toilets, water efficient shower heads, and

aerators on faucets


Ltd, CC


operation phase

5 Soil Contamination

5.1 Fuels, lubricants, and chemical will be stored in covered bounded areas,

underlain with impervious lining


Ltd, CC


phase

5.2 Maintenance of vehicles and equipment will only be carried out designated Credible Developers Pvt. Monitor compliance During construction


Final Report




areas. The area will be provided with hard surface or tarpaulin will be spread

on the ground to prevent contamination of soil

Ltd, CC phase

5.3 Vehicles will only be washed at designated areas. CC Vehicle Inspection

record

During construction

phase

5.4 Regular inspections will be carried out to detect leakage in construction

vehicles and equipment


Ltd, CC

Check inspection /

maintenance records

During construction

phase

5.5 Appropriate arrangements, including shovels, plastic bags and absorbent

materials, will be available near fuel and oil storage areas

CC Monitor compliance During construction

phase

5.6 Contaminated soil will be removed and properly disposed after treatment

such as incineration etc.


Ltd, CC


phase

6 Traffic

6.1 Heavy traffic during construction phase will come to the project site during

late night hours.


Ltd, CC

Traffic record During construction

phase

6.2 Project vehicles shall not be fitted with pressure horns CC Monitor compliance During construction

phase

6.3 During construction, regulate speed of vehicles Credible Developers Pvt.

Ltd, CC


phase

6.4 Designated parking areas will be provided for different type of project

vehicles within and around the project site


Ltd, CC


phase

6.5 Manage vehicle movement to avoid traffic jam and long queues Credible Developers Pvt.

Ltd, CC


operation phase

6.6 Prepare, implement and monitor the traffic management plan Credible Developers Pvt.

Ltd


operation phase

6.7 Vehicles to use designated parking areas during operational phase. Credible Developers Pvt.

Ltd


6.8 Parking of vehicles alongside the road should be prohibited at all time. Credible Developers Pvt.

Ltd


operation phase

7 Wastewater Generation

7.1 Wastewater Generation During Construction

7.1.1 Wastewater generated at the campsites will be stored temporarily in septic

systems comprising of septic tanks from where it will be routed to a nearest


Ltd, CC


phase


Final Report




drain/sewerage system.

7.1.2 At the time of restoration, septic tanks will be dismantled in place and

backfilled with at least 1m of soil cover above the surrounding natural

surface level

CC Monitor compliance After the completion of

construction phase

7.2 Wastewater Generation During Operation

7.2.1 The grey water will be recycled to be re-used again in toilets and kitchens

etc.


Ltd


7.2.2 Black water will be temporary stored in septic tanks and will be discharged

into a nearby out fall sewer via trunk sewer


Ltd, CC

Monitor compliance During design,

construction & operation

phase

7.2.3 Waste segregation measures would be employed to minimize entry of solid

waste into the wastewater stream


Ltd


7.2.4 Water conservation strategies will be employed to avoid wastage of water Credible Developers Pvt.

Ltd


8 Solid Waste Generation and Management

8.1 Solid Waste Generation and Management During Construction

8.1.1 Separate bins will be placed for different types of wastes- plastics, paper,

metal, glass, wood, and cotton.


Ltd, CC


phase

8.1.2 Recyclable material will be separated at source. The recyclable waste will be

sold to waste contractors for recycling


Ltd, CC


phase

8.1.3 Non-hazardous non-recyclable wastes such as construction camp kitchen

wastes will be disposed off in landfill site through municipal administration

or approved waste contractor.


Ltd, CC


phase

8.1.4 No waste will be dumped at any location outside the proposed site

boundary.


Ltd, CC


phase

8.1.5 All hazardous waste will be separated from other wastes. Hazardous wastes

will be stored in designated areas with restricted access and proper

marking. Hazardous wastes will be disposed off through approved waste

contractors.


Ltd, CC

Check hazardous

waste disposal records

During construction

phase

8.1.6 Surplus construction materials including partially filled chemical and paint

containers will be returned to suppliers. Inert construction wastes will be


Ltd, CC

Check waste records During construction

phase


Final Report




disposed of onsite as fill material or sold as scrap to contractors.

8.1.7 Records of all waste generated during the construction period will be

maintained. Quantities of waste disposed, recycled, or reused will be logged

on a Waste Tracking Register


Ltd, CC

Check waste record

register

During construction

phase

8.1.8 Training will be provided to personnel for identification, segregation, and

management of waste


Ltd, CC

Check training records During construction

phase

8.2 Solid Waste Generation and Management During Operation

8.2.1 Waste generation will be minimized by adopting waste management

strategy of reduce, reuse and recycle


Ltd


8.2.2 A waste management plan will be prepared, implemented and monitored

for the safe collection, storage and treatment/disposal of the building waste


Ltd


8.2.3 Records of all waste generated will be maintained. Quantities of waste

disposed, recycled, or reused will be logged on a Waste Tracking Register


Ltd

Check waste tracking

register


8.2.4 Training will be provided to personnel for identification, segregation, and

management of waste


Ltd

Check training records During operation phase

8.2.5 All inert and non-hazardous construction wastes will be disposed to the

existing tipping sites within or outside of the city limits


Ltd, Waste Contractor


8.2.6 Hazardous wastes will be disposed of through waste management

contractors who will identify suitable disposal options for these wastes such

as recycling, metal recovery, incineration or bioremediation etc.


Ltd, Waste Contractor


8.2.7 Various waste containers for waste collection should be placed at

appropriate locations in the building


Ltd


8.2.8 Waste storage areas should be located within the facility and sized to the

quantities of waste generated, with the following design considerations:

Hard, impermeable floor with drainage, and designed for

cleaning/disinfection with available water supply, Secured by locks with

restricted access designed for access and regular cleaning by authorized

cleaning staff and vehicles Protected from sun, and inaccessible to

animals/Rodents Equipped with appropriate lighting and ventilation

Segregated from food supplies and preparation areas Equipped with

supplies of protected clothing, and spare bags/containers


Ltd, CC



Final Report




9 Seismicity

9.1 No specific mitigation measures other than to construct the facility in

accordance with UBC Zone 2B


Ltd, Structure Design

Consultant, CC

Monitor compliance During project design

phase

10 Sustainability

10.1 Best practice of energy efficiency will be incorporated in the building design Credible Developers Pvt.

Ltd, CC


phase

10.2 Buildings to be constructed with high levels of thermal insulation Credible Developers Pvt.

Ltd, CC


phase

10.3 Ensure that HVAC system, refrigeration equipment and fire suppression

equipment do not contain HCFC’s or Halons


Ltd, CC


phase

11 Socio-Economic Impacts

11.1 Deliveries should be programmed to arrive and routed to minimize

disturbance to residential areas, hospitals and offices.


Ltd, CC


phase

11.2 Designated parking areas will be provided for different type of project

vehicles within and around project site


Ltd, CC

Monitor compliance During construction &

operation phase

11.3 Areas earmarked for amenity and commercial infrastructure will not be used

for other purposes after construction


Ltd


operation phase

11.4 Employment preference will be given to residents of the project area Credible Developers Pvt.

Ltd, CC


operation phase

11.5 Local contractors will be given preference for hiring equipment and

machinery during operation


Ltd, CC


operation phase

11.6 Ensure maximum quantity of water to be treated and reused in order to

lessen its burden on the existing sewerage system.


Ltd

Monitor compliance During design,

construction & operation

phase

11.7 Locals, surrounding business and city government are kept on the same

page during all stages of the development of the project.


Ltd


phase

11.8 A complaint register will be maintained on site during construction to

record complaints of the nearby residents.


Ltd

Provision of complaint

register

During construction

phase


Final Report


Table 6.2: Environmental Monitoring Plan

Ambient Air Quality Sampling Plan

Phase Parameters Locations Frequency Duration Standards

Construction SOx, NOx, CO, O3, Smoke, PM10 At the interface of project site and residential community

Twice Monthly Continuous for 8 hours* in a full working day

NAAQS (USEPA)

Operation SOx, NOx, CO, O3, Smoke, PM10 At the interface of project site and residential community

Quarterly Continuous for 8 hours* in a full working day

SEQS (Pak EPA)

Drinking Water Quality Sampling Plan

Stages Parameters Locations Frequency Duration Standards

Construction Heavy metals, TDS, TSS, pH, Total Coliform, Faecal Coliform

Ground water source and other sources Monthly Grab sampling WHO drinking water quality guidelines

Operation Heavy metals, TDS, TSS, pH, Total Coliform, Faecal Coliform

Drinking water sources Quarterly Grab sampling WHO drinking water quality guidelines

Wastewater Quality Sampling Plan


Construction BOD, COD, DO, TSS, TDS, pH, NO3, SO4, Oil & Grease)

Camp site discharge points into drains Twice Monthly Grab sampling SEQS (Pak EPA)

Operation BOD, COD, DO, TSS, TDS, pH, NO3, SO4, Oil & Grease)

Effluent from wastewater treatment plant Twice Monthly Composite sampling / Grab sampling

SEQS (Pak EPA)

Noise Level Sampling Plan


Construction Decibels [dB(A)Scale] At the interface of project site & residential community

Twice Monthly Continuous for 8 hours in a full working day

WHO Noise Guidelines

7 m from the equipment at construction site

Operation At the interface of project site & facing road Quarterly SEQS for Noise (Pak EPA) 7 m from the equipment at construction site

Solid Waste


Construction Waste generation rate, waste composition; recyclables and non-

recyclables, hazardous waste

At main solid waste collection point from where the waste is transported from site

Monthly 24-hour sample collected during week

days

EPA

Operation Waste generation rate, waste composition; recyclables and non-

recyclables, hazardous waste

At waste transfer facility of the project site prior to off-site disposal

Quarterly 24-hour sample collected during week

days and holidays

EPA


Final Report


Table 6.3: Sample Forms for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Record

Items Measured

Value (Mean）

Measured Value

(Max.） SEQS

Remarks (Measurement Point, Frequency, Method, etc.)

Comments*

SO2 Annual Average 80 µg/m³

24 hours 120 µg/m³

NO2 Annual Average 40 µg/m³

24 hours 80 µg/m³

NO Annual Average 40 µg/m³

24 hours 40 µg/m³

CO 8 hours 5.0 mg/m³

1 hour 10 mg/m³

Lead Pb Annual Average 1.0 µg/m³

24 hours 1.5 µg/m³

O3 1 hour 130 µg/m³

Suspended Annual Average 360 µg/m³

SPM Annual Average 360 µg/m³


Respirable particulate matter

PM10

Annual Average 120 µg/m³


Respirable particulate matter

PM2.5

Annual Average 40 µg/m³

24 hours 75 µg/m³

* (H=High, L=Low)

Table 6.4: Stack Emissions

CO, SOx, NOx, Smoke

Location S.No. Parameters Date Time (Hrs:Min) Result (mg/Nm3) SEQS (mg/Nm3) Comments*

1 CO 800

2 SOx 1700

3 NOx 600

4 Smoke 40% or 2 Ringlemann Scale or equivalent smoke number

5 PM10 500

* (H=High, L=Low)


Final Report


Table 6.5: Sample Forms for Waste Water Quality Monitoring Record

Item Unit Measured

Value (Mean) Measured Value

(Max.) SEQS

Remarks (Measurement Point, Frequency, Method, etc.)

pH pH 6-10

TSS(Total Suspended Solids） mg/L 150

TDS(Total Dissolved Solids） mg/L 3500

BOD5 mg/L 80

COD mg/L 150

Oil and Grease mg/L 10

Phenols mg/L 0.1

Chloride mg/L 1000

Cyanide mg/L 2

Sulphate mg/L 600

Sulphide mg/L 1.0

Ammonia mg/L 40

Fluoride mg/L 10

Pesticides mg/L 0.15

Cadmium mg/L 0.1

Chromium mg/L 1.0

Copper mg/L 1.0

Lead mg/L 0.5

Mercury mg/L 0.01

Selenium mg/L 0.5

Nickel mg/L 1.0

Total Toxic metals mg/L 2.0

Zinc mg/L 5.0

Arsenic mg/L 1.0

Barium mg/L 1.5

Iron mg/L 8.0

Silver mg/L 1.0

Manganese mg/L 1.5

Boron mg/L 6.0

Chlorine mg/L 1.0

An-ionic detergents mg/L 20

Temperature 0C 400≤ 30


Final Report


Table 6.6: Sample Form for Noise Quality Monitoring Record

Location S. No. Date Time

(Hrs: Min) Analysis Result

[dB(A)Scale SEQS [dB(A)Scale]* Comments**

1 55 (Day) / 45 (Night)

2 55 (Day) / 45 (Night)

3 55 (Day) / 45 (Night)

4 55 (Day) / 45 (Night)

5 55 (Day) / 45 (Night)

6 55 (Day) / 45 (Night)

7 55 (Day) / 45 (Night)

8 55 (Day) / 45 (Night)

** (H=High, L=Low)

Table 6.7: Sample Form for Drinking Water Quality Monitoring Record

Location Date Parameters Sindh Environmental Quality Standards

(mg/l) Analysis Result

(mg/l) Comments*

Color < 15 TCU

Taste Non-objectionable/ Acceptable

Odor Non-objectionable/Acceptable

Turbidity < 5 NTU

Total Hardness as CaCO3 < 500 mg/l

TDS <1000

pH 6.5-8.5

Aluminum (Al) mg/l ≤ 0.2

Antimony (Sb) ≤ 0.005

Arsenic (As) ≤ 0.05

Barium (Ba) 0.7

Boron (B) 0.3

Cadmium (Cd) 0.01

Chloride (Cl-) < 250

Chromium (Cr) ≤ 0.05

Copper (Cu) 2

Phenolic compounds <0.0002


Final Report


Table 6.7: Sample Form for Drinking Water Quality Monitoring Record

Cyanide (CN)- ≤ 0.05

Fluoride (F) ≤ 1.5

Lead (Pb) ≤ 0.05

Manganese (Mn) ≤ 0.5

Mercury (Hg) ≤ 0.001

Nickel (Ni) ≤ 0.02

Nitrate (NO3)- ≤ 50

Nitrite (NO2)- ≤ 3

Selenium (Se) ≤ 0.01

Residual Chlorine 0.2-0.5 At consumer end 0.5-1.5 at source

Zinc (Zn) 5.0

All water intended for drinking (E.Coli or Thermo tolerant Coliform bacteria)

0.0 cfu/ 100 ml

Treated water entering the distribution system (Ecoli or thermo tolerant coliform and total coliform bacteria)

0.0 cfu/ 100 ml

Treated water in the distribution system (E.coli or thermo tolerant coliform and total coliform bacteria)

0.0 cfu/ 100 ml

(cfu=Coliform Unit), * (H=High, L=Low)


Final Report


Table 6.8: Sample Form for Solid Waste Monitoring Record (Domestic / residential / commercial solid wastes)

Location: ________, Date: __________, Source: __________ (domestic/commercial)

Total Quantity (kg)

Components Weight (as discarded)

% by weight (as discarded)

Recyclables Non-recyclables Organic waste

Food/kitchen waste

Plastics

Metals

Paper

Textile/Rugs

Cardboard

Glass

Rubber

Other

Total

Generation Rate:

For domestic or residential units Total waste generated = ______________ kg/capita/day

No of persons in units

For commercial units Total waste generated = ______________ kg per unit area

Total floor area of unit

Summary:

• Total Waste Generated (as collected) = ________________ kg

• Recyclable waste quantity = ________________ kg

• Non-Recyclable waste quantity = ________________ kg

• Organic waste quantity = ________________ kg

• %age of Recyclables = ________________ %

• %age of Non-recyclables = ________________ %

• %age of Organic waste = ________________ %

• Total waste send for recycling = ________________ kg

• Total waste send for landfill = ________________ kg

Comments: _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________


Final Report


Table 6.9: Sample Form for Solid Waste Monitoring Record (Hazardous solid wastes)

Location: ________, Date: __________, Source: __________ (domestic/commercial)

Total Quantity (kg)

Hazardous waste Components

Weight (as discarded)

% by weight (as discarded)

Characteristics (corrosive, toxic, explosive, etc.)

Non-recyclables (requiring disposal)

Recyclables

Total

Generation Rate:

Whichever of the following applies:

For domestic or residential units Total waste generated = ______________ kg/capita/day

No of persons in units

For commercial units Total waste generated = ______________ kg per unit area

Total floor area of unit

Summary:

• Total Waste Generated (as collected) = ________________ kg

• Recyclable waste quantity = ________________ kg

• Non-Recyclable waste quantity = ________________ kg

• %age of Recyclables = ________________ %

• %age of Non-recyclables = ________________ %

• Total waste sent for recycling = ________________ kg

• Total waste sent for disposal = ________________ kg

Comments: _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________


Final Report

EMC Pakistan Pvt. Ltd Chapter – 7: Conclusion Page 1 of 1

Chapter 7 Conclusion

Realizing that the city has overgrown its sustainability limits, it is imperative that the Builders and

Developers take cognizance of the cumulative effect of the current pace of rapid development.

Consequently, each project is required to keep the sustainability principles in view and go an

extra mile beyond the present approach which is confined to bare survival. Their projects have so

far been profit oriented, now they will have to share the profit with net zero energy and net zero

discharge approach in the project design.

Based on the findings of the environmental impact assessment it is concluded that the

environmental impacts of the construction and operation of Credible Towers are manageable and

can be mitigated by implementing the Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan which

forms an integral part of EIA document. The screening process has through review of literature,

primary as well as secondary baseline data, and expert judgment, made assessment of the

potential impacts of said activities on the physical, biological, and socioeconomic environment of

the Project. Mitigation measures have been proposed to reduce, minimize or compensate for the

identified potential negative impacts and their adoption has been recommended. The proposed

project is a self-contained building having its own back-up power generation, water supply

supplemented by filtration plant and sewage treatment, recycling and disposal system in addition

to commitment for the provision of required parking space. This being a positive impact would be

an indicator of achievement of the objectives of the Project.

The study therefore recommends that the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) report should

be approved with the provision that the suggested mitigation measures will be adopted and the

Environmental Management Plan will be followed in letter and spirit.


Final Report

EMC Pakistan Pvt. Ltd Annexures

ANNEXURES


Final Report

EMC Pakistan Pvt. Ltd Annex – I

Annexure – I

Sindh Environmental Protection Act 2014


Final Report

EMC Pakistan Pvt. Ltd Sindh Environmental Protection Act 2014


Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report

EMC Pakistan Pvt. Ltd Annex – II

Annexure – II

SEPA (Review of IEE/EIA) Regulations 2014


Final Report

EMC Pakistan Pvt. Ltd SEPA (Review of IEE/EIA) Regulations 2014


Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report

EMC Pakistan Pvt. Ltd Annex – III

Annexure – III

Sindh Environmental Quality Standards, 2016


Final Report

EMC Pakistan Pvt. Ltd Sindh Environmental Quality Standards


Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report

EMC Pakistan Pvt. Ltd Annex – IV

Annexure – IV

The Sindh Occupational Safety and Health Bill, 2017


Final Report

EMC Pakistan Pvt. Ltd The Sindh Occupational Safety and Health Bill, 2017


Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report



Final Report

EMC Pakistan Pvt. Ltd Annex – V

Annexure – V

Traffic Circulation Plan

TRAFFIC CIRCULATION PLAN

OF

CREDIBLE TOWERS PLOT # 350 - DEH SAFOORAN, MALIR

CONTONMENT

Final Report July 2019

Traffic Circulation Plan Credible Towers – Mixed-use Housing Scheme


CONTENTS

Chapter 1: The Project ........................................................................................................... 8

1.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................................... 8

1.2 Objective................................................................................................................................. 8

1.3 Scope of the Study ................................................................................................................. 8

1.4 Project Synopsis ..................................................................................................................... 8

1.5 Project Location ..................................................................................................................... 9

Chapter 2: Methodology ..................................................................................................... 11

2.1 Project Kickoff ....................................................................................................................... 11

2.1.1 Internal Meetings .................................................................................................................. 11

2.1.2 External Meetings ................................................................................................................. 11

2.1.3 Reconnaissance Survey ........................................................................................................ 11

2.1.4 Methodological Approach .................................................................................................... 11

2.2 Stage 1: Evaluation of Pre-Requisite Data ............................................................................ 12

2.2.1 Data from Client .................................................................................................................... 12

2.2.2 Data from Traffic Survey ....................................................................................................... 12

2.2.3 Similar Area Parking Survey .................................................................................................. 12

2.3 Stage 2: Estimation of Statistical Data ................................................................................. 12

2.4 Stage: 3 Internal Parking Circulation Plans .......................................................................... 13

2.4.1 Parking Analysis .................................................................................................................... 13

2.5 Stage: 4 Access Gate Performance Analysis ........................................................................ 13

2.5.1 Trip Generation ..................................................................................................................... 13

2.5.2 Parking Demand Analysis ..................................................................................................... 13

2.5.3 Access Gate Queue Length Analysis .................................................................................... 13

2.6 Stage: 5 Conclusion and Findings ........................................................................................ 14

Chapter 3: Analysis............................................................................................................... 15

3.1 Landuse Data ......................................................................................................................... 15

3.2 Analytical Approach .............................................................................................................. 15

3.3 Internal Parking .................................................................................................................... 16

3.4 Geometrical Features........................................................................................................... 16

3.5 Parking Supply ...................................................................................................................... 16

3.6 Building Specific Survey ....................................................................................................... 16

3.7 Estimation of Parking Demand ........................................................................................... 16

3.8 Residential Parking Requirement ........................................................................................ 17



3.8.1 Parking Requirement for Zone A Apartment ...................................................................... 17

3.8.2 Parking Requirement for Zone B and C Apartment ............................................................ 17

3.8.3 Parking Requirement for Zone D Apartment ...................................................................... 17

3.9 Estimation of Residential Parking Demand ......................................................................... 17

3.10 Commercial Parking Requirements ..................................................................................... 17

3.11 Estimation of Commercial Parking Demand ........................................................................ 17

3.12 Comparison of Supply and Demand ................................................................................... 18

3.13 Access Gate Performance Analysis ..................................................................................... 18

3.13.1 Step 1: Arrival and Departure Flow Rates ........................................................................... 19

3.13.2 Step 2: Parking Demand of Project ..................................................................................... 19

3.13.3 Step 3: Trips by Similar Building Survey .............................................................................. 19

3.13.4 Step 4: Maximum Parking by Similar Building .................................................................... 20

3.13.5 Step 5: Maximum Trips by Project ...................................................................................... 20

3.14 Access Gate Queue Length Analysis .................................................................................... 21

3.14.1 Arrival Scenario 1: ................................................................................................................. 22

4.1.1 Arrival Scenario 2: ................................................................................................................ 22

4.1.2 Arrival Scenario 3: ................................................................................................................ 23

Chapter 4: Conclusion and Findings .................................................................................. 25

4.1 Inference .............................................................................................................................. 25

4.2 Parking Survey...................................................................................................................... 25

4.2.1 Comparison of Supply and Demand ................................................................................... 25

4.2.2 Access Gate Queue Length Analysis ................................................................................... 25

4.3 Major Findings ...................................................................................................................... 25

4.4 Recommendations ............................................................................................................... 28


EMC Pakistan Pvt. Ltd Page 1 of 32

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Introduction

The Project “Plot # 350” at Deh Safooran, Malir Cantonment is categorized under residential cum

commercial land-use. The project is divided into four zones A, B, C, and D. The details are presented

in the table below:

Residential Zones Details

Commercial Zones Details






Total 456

Commercial Zone Details






4th-15th Apartments

Conclusions

For the particular project, the detailed study of architectural drawings is conducted and relevant

analyses are carried out. The major outcomes specified from the analyses are hereby mentioned.

Parking Analysis

The commercial and residential parking estimation is carried out through Similar Area Parking

Study. The residential land-use of the project has apartments of 5 Bedroom, 4 bedroom, 3 Bedroom

and commercial tower apartments. The demand is estimated to be:

Parking Demand of Residential Zones

Zone Description Number of

Apartments Parking Factor

Parking Demand

A Duplex (5 Bed Apartment) 56 3.5 196

B 4 Bed Apartment 120 1.5 180

C 3 Bed Apartment 180 1.5 270

D Tower Commercial 100 1.1 110

Total Parking Stalls Required 756

No. of Cars= 84% of Total Parking Stalls 635

No. of MC= 16% of Total Parking Stalls x 4 484



The Commercial land-use of the project is situated in “Zone D”. The parking requirement are

estimated from similar area study of Dolmen Mall Hyderi.

Table 1: Parking Demand of Commercial Zone

Parking Demand

Floor Tower Description Commercial Area (sq. ft)

Parking Factor

Parking Demand

Car MC Car MC

Ground G Commercial 27471.83 702 333 39 82

1st-3rd G Commercial (Shopping Mall)

94080 702 333 134 283

Total 173 365

Comparison of supply and demand

The parking analysis represents that the available parking space is of 457 cars and 248 Motorcycles.

Whereas the estimated parking demand is of 773 cars and 822 Motorcycles, concluding that there

is a deficiency of 316 car and 574 MC parking in the facility. The huge deficiency is observed in the

parking supply, the parking floor should be increase to cater the need of parking in the proposed

development.

Description Car MC

Supply 416 248

Demand 808 849

Deficiency 392 601

Access Gate Queue Length Analysis

For the Access Gate Performance, Queue Length Analysis is carried out. The detailed methodology

is presented in the respective Analysis Chapter. To assess the queue length at each access gate,

three scenarios are developed. The variation in each scenario is through the service time of vehicles

(Car & MC). For scenario 1 and 2 service times are taken as 30 sec/veh and 20 sec/veh, respectively

while for the recommended one service time is taken as 10 sec/veh. It is estimated that minimal or

no queue formation is observed at each access gate in scenario 3, if the evaluated trip generation

rate remains same till the initial operational phase of the proposed development and proper

management and internal circulation of vehicles on access gates.

Conclusive Note

The comparison between Parking Supply inventory and demand estimation of the proposed

project highlights that there is a prominent deficiency in the availability of parking stalls. Also

relevant analyses report that the estimated trip generation of the project is in notable numbers

which eventually leads to the fact that an impact is likely to be created through the project traffic.

Hence to cater for the shortage of parking supply and facilitate the forecasted demand of the

project it is suggested that detailed Traffic Impact Studies must be carried out such that efficient

mitigation measures maybe incorporated.



Recommendations

After analysis for the proposed development, some operative recommendations are drawn from

this traffic circulation plan which are mentioned below;

• The comparison between Parking Supply inventory and demand estimation of the proposed

project highlights that there is a prominent deficiency in the availability of parking stalls. There

should be an increase in parking floor to adjust the parking requirements for the proposed

development.

• Detailed analysis report elucidated that the estimated trip generation of the project is in



• Detailed and extensive surveys will be required in formation of detailed traffic impact study of

proposed development. Due to dimensional growth in this area, more traffic will be induced

which will be causing congestion on the surrounding road.

• It is suggested that detailed Traffic Impact Studies and Management Plans must be carried out

such that efficient mitigation measures maybe incorporated.

• There are four access gates are provided for the vehicular entrance, the graphical

representation is attached below for better understanding.

Access Gates for the proposed development

• From the above figure, it is suggested that three access gates should be allotted for residential

units because in proposed development three zones are demarcated for residential purpose.

While, one access gate at University road (towards Safoora Chowrangi) should be demarcated

for commercial purpose access which is zone D.

• Since, the project will be generating 614 trips at peak hour, hence to minimalize the traffic




road signalized T-Intersection is proposed. The geometry shows that there could be signalized

T-Intersection on Primary roads which leads towards the project as shown in the figure below;

Provision of Signalized Tee-Intersection on two surrounding roads

• Residential parking is provided on residential zone which is Zone A, B, and C. Similarly,

commercial parking is assigned on commercial zone D. This will assist in efficient circulation of

traffic separating the residential demand from commercial demand.

• Valet parking should be provided to commercial users to properly manage the traffic providing

ease to the driver and better internal maneuvering.

• The project lies at the location which connects the surrounding roads to Safoora chowrangi, to

manage the peak hours one lane in front of project should be assigned for vehicular access or

drop off while remaining lanes should be assigned for through movement as mentioned below;



One lane is designated for project access and parking while other lane is designated for through

movement

• Furthermore it is suggested that the road in front of the project which connects two branches

of university road (marked by red rectangle) should be converted into one-way road for better

maneuvering of the vehicular traffic.

• This same road is currently a two lane road with earthen shoulders on both sides. It is



• On University road, which is going towards Malir Cantt containing U-turn, for the better






traffic congestion caused due to project traffic will be minimized on U-turns during peak hours.

Figure 1: Proposed Geometrical Alteration for U-Turn movement

U-turn with storage lane



U-turn with storage and merging lane



Chapter 1: The Project

1.1 Introduction

Over the last few years Karachi city has experienced enormous growth in all aspects of urban life.

This development is also responsible for a corresponding rise in the ownership of cars and traffic

growth as well. Major developments are being planned and constructed in Karachi and its

surrounding areas. That means, that there will be a large amount of construction traffic of projects

ranging from single-plot to high-rise buildings. In the initial stage, traffic circulation plans are built

in order to counter the impacts of the proposed buildings. Traffic circulation plans are the

prerequisite of initial phase. Traffic circulation plans are inferred to be an endeavor made in order

to address and deal with the maneuvering issues of a vehicle entering or leaving a particular land

use and also assess the parking requirement of a particular facility.

1.2 Objective

Traffic Circulation plans deal with the following objective:

“To assess the parking requirements, provision and access to the proposed development and

determine the best possible solution for the ease of maneuvering of vehicular traffic, inside and

within the influential contour of the project”.

1.3 Scope of the Study

In order to prevail the objective, it is important that pertinent evaluation is led for which a scope

of work is elucidated. It includes:

• Detailed study of the pre-requisite data (drawings, layout plans and other documents)

• Provided by the client

• Brief study of the site plan and project existing condition

• Determination of the parking requirements of the project

• Estimation of Trip Generation

• Traffic Circulation Plans

From the verdicts of above-mentioned scope of the study, the further extension and deviations

will be evaluated in the later part of the report.

1.4 Project Synopsis

The proposed building is planned to be constructed on Plot No.350, DEH Safooran, Malir

Cantonment, and Karachi. The plot has an area of approx. 4 acres (174240 sq. ft). The building will

serve as residential-cum-commercial facility. The project is further divided into four zones A, B, C,

and D. Zone A-C is designated for residential units while Zone D is comprised of residential and

commercial unit both.



The building details are described in the table below:

Building Details






Total 456

1.5 Project Location

The proposed project is located in an under-developed area of Karachi, is adjacent to Gulshan-e-

Umair, which is entirely based on the residential zone. The project is situated in-between of Safoora

Chowrangi and Malir Cantt Check Post No. 6. Currently, the proposed building has demarcated

boundary walls. The project site is surrounded by various housing societies which will be providing

the ease for the proposed development.

• The surrounding area is mainly based on residential units. Adjacent to the project, some other

residential blocks are also present which will also generate the traffic in the coming years when

they are occupied.

• Project has an access from the University road as well as from Jinnah Avenue.

• From Safoora, two roads are linked to the project. One which is going towards Saadi town and

another which is going towards check post no. 6, Malir cantt.

• The project access gate for residential purpose is from the local road having one lane only.

• The access gate for commercial unit is from the university road, which is going towards Saadi

town. This road has three lanes and pavement condition is also adequate.

• It has been observed that around the site road connectivity is present, which is beneficial for

the proposed project. The project roads are also linked with Super Highway.

• The influential intersection for the project is Safoora, at present the intersection is highly

congested in the peak hours.



Location Map of the project



Chapter 2: Methodology

The following methodology presents efficient, effective and economical assessment of the


2.1 Project Kickoff

Initially, after the grant of project, a kickoff meeting is held at the consultant’s office to discuss the

various aspects of project. Then internal and external meetings take place, for understanding of

objectives and best outcomes of the concerned project. This is directed towards developing the

approach methodology for the concerned project.

2.1.1 Internal Meetings

Internal meetings are important to develop a basic understanding of the project objective, scope,

and limitations. These consultations assist in composing the deliverable methodology and its

conductance.

2.1.2 External Meetings

External meetings are conducted with the client and led to define the approachable and technical

capabilities, required results and necessary resources associated with the project. The aim is to

outline the scope with its required margin. The methodology of collecting data is finalized with the

client.

2.1.3 Reconnaissance Survey

In the neighborhood of the proposed project, a series of reconnaissance surveys are carried to

acquire the existing land use, road and traffic condition as well as road geometry near the project

area. Reconnaissance surveys are preliminary inspection which help to understand the traffic

impact which could be caused by the development on the surrounding roads and intersections.

The project is located at the Deh Safooran, plot no. 350 adjacent to Gulshan-e-Umair residency. The

project has access from Jinnah Avenue and University Road. The project is surrounded by multiple

residential units. One of the important landmarks in the nearby vicinity of project is Karachi Race

Course.

2.1.4 Methodological Approach

Traffic Circulation Plans are termed as an attempt made in order to solve guiding, parking and other

traffic correlated issues which might take place during the initial phase of a project. For a better

and reliable assessment, it is necessary to analyze major and minor traffic conditions related to the

project.

Methodology of traffic circulation plan can be defined briefly in five different stages that are as

follows:

STAGE: 1 Evaluation of Pre-requisite data (By clients and by surveys)



STAGE: 2 Estimation of Statistical Data

STAGE: 3 Internal Parking Circulation Plan

STAGE: 4 Access Gate Performance Analysis

STAGE: 5 Conclusion and Findings

The detailed description of the sub sections of steps mentioned above are listed hereunder.

2.2 Stage 1: Evaluation of Pre-Requisite Data

Initially, baseline data is required for proceeding further. The data is collected from two main

sources:

2.2.1 Data from Client

Data is assembled from the client regarding the architectural drawings showing the details of

commercial area, apartments, parking floors, parking circulation, access point data, and nearby

roads identification etc. This supply inventory provides the basis for type and intensity of the land-

use and a major input in estimation of trip rates and parking supply to the building.

2.2.2 Data from Traffic Survey

Traffic surveys are carried out for the data collection, it helps to achieve the objectives and analyze

the traffic circulation pattern of ‘The Project’ on the existing road network. Surveys are conducted

to evaluate the existing condition of traffic and how it will affect the proposed project. Initially, for

the traffic circulation plans, similar area parking survey has been done in order to estimate the

parking demand and trip rates for the proposed development.

2.2.3 Similar Area Parking Survey

Since the project building is not constructed yet, buildings with identical characteristics are

observed for this specific survey. For the estimation and projection of the parking requirements of

the proposed building, traffic surveys are conducted on residential and commercial buildings.

Factors developed from the similar area parking surveys are then projected to the proposed

building.

2.3 Stage 2: Estimation of Statistical Data

Data provided by the client and surveys lead to the essential statistics for examining the traffic

impacts of the proposed project.

Mentioned below is the list of collected data:

• Available Parking Capacity- Information of available parking capacity is obtained from the

proposed drawings and available documents, to aid the estimation of deficiency or efficiency

in parking supply.

• Trip Generation Factor- Essential for the development of comparison between parking Supply

and Demand.



• Peak Hour Trip Generation- Leads to the development of comparison between parking supply

& demand, and access point queue analysis.

2.4 Stage: 3 Internal Parking Circulation Plans

The expected traffic which will be generated after the completion of the building due to its

occupants and visitors, referred as internal traffic flow. In the internal circulation analysis, the

driveways along with their critical paths will be analyzed. The identification of parking circulation

and requirement errors and their proposed mitigation aftermaths will be elaborated.

2.4.1 Parking Analysis

Since the proposed building is in planning stage and collection of on-site data was not possible.

Therefore, similar area survey technique was used in order to carry out parking surveys. Various

parking surveys of similar facilities are then conducted to drive out the parking generation factor

and trip generation factor of each land use. These factors are later used for the estimation of

parking demand and trip rates of the project facility.

2.5 Stage: 4 Access Gate Performance Analysis

Traffic operations at the approach gates of a project is a major component while evaluating the

performance of overall facility. Parameters like access gate queue, access gate capacity of the

project etc. usually delivers first impression of the project to the visitors and hence has immense

importance in the success or failure of a project.

2.5.1 Trip Generation

The approach gate performance majorly depends on the number of trips a facility is attracting or

producing. As mentioned earlier, similar area surveys are conducted to observe the trip rates

attracted or generated by the building of similar land use.

2.5.2 Parking Demand Analysis

Demand analysis depends on the expected arrival flow of the project. With the expected arrival

flow, queue length at all the approach gates are estimated. Information of queue length is essential

for the supply inventory management of the project. Geometrical features of the parking floors

are correspondingly assessed to identify the necessary geometrical changes required for the ease

of traffic circulation in the vicinity.

2.5.3 Access Gate Queue Length Analysis

When demand exceeds capacity for a period of time or on arrival time headway is less than service

time at specific location, queue is formed. Arrival rate and service time are the required parameters

in order to estimate maximum queue length. The arrival rate with service time, queue will be

calculated. The queue length analysis will delineate the delay time which will be faced by each

vehicle on access gate.



Different scenarios will be developed on the expected consequences then conclusions drawn from

the above steps are assessed collectively for the final evaluation of the expected Queue Length at

the access gate.

2.6 Stage: 5 Conclusion and Findings

In a nut shell, the information provided in this component focuses on the traffic related issues that

are expected to be encountered during the functional phase of the building. After analyzing all the

possible scenarios, available and required parking stalls, internal & external traffic circulation

pattern and road network geometry suitable solutions and alternatives will be suggested. After

Circulation plans, further steps are taken to estimate the project traffic in Built Condition with the

help of traffic impact studies. When the building is constructed, the traffic management and

masterplans are planned for the project covering the affected contour area.

TRAFFIC CIRCULATION PLAN

KICKOFF MEETING

EXTERNAL MEETINGS

INTERNAL MEETINGS

RECONNAISSANCE SURVEY

EVALUATION OF PRE-REQUISITE

DATA

DRAWINGS BY CLIENT

SURVEYS

ESTIMATION OF STATISTICAL DATA

• AVAILABLE PARKING CAPACITY• TRIP GENERATION FACTOR• PEAK HOUR TRIP GENERATION

INTERNAL PARKING CIRCULATION PLAN

PARKING ANALYSIS

ACCESS GATE PERFORMANCE ANALYSIS

• TRIP GENERATION• PARKING DEMAND• ACCESS GATE QUEUE

LENGTH ANALYSISCONCLUSION

AND FINDINGS

Methodological Framework



Chapter 3: Analysis

3.1 Landuse Data

The proposed building is planned to be constructed on Plot No.350, DEH Safooran, Malir

Cantonment, Karachi. The plot has an area of approx. 4 acres (174,240 sq. ft). The building will serve

as residential-cum-commercial facility. The project is further divided into four zones A, B, C, and D.

Zone A-C is designated for residential units while Zone D is comprised of residential and commercial

unit both.

The building details are described in the table below:

Residential Building Details






Total 456

Commercial Zone Details






4th-15th Apartments

3.2 Analytical Approach

• As the building is not constructed yet, therefore, building specific parking requirement is

estimated by conducting a similar area parking survey for residential and commercial buildings

of similar nature. Factors developed from the surveys are used in estimating the parking

demand of the facility.

• With the help of proposed drawings of the subjected building a land use study is conducted in

order to extract the knowledge of properties and characteristics of the building.

• As per the international standards, the parking generation for the project are estimated by the

number of vehicles per number of bedrooms in an apartment and also with the arrival

departure flow rate.

• From the mentioned survey main output is generated as

o Parking Generation Factors

o Arrival and Departure flow rate

o Parking Stall Occupancy

• The analysis of parking generation leads to initial vehicular demand of the building.



• Since the accumulation hours of residential and commercial land use is entirely different for a

large duration of time. Therefore, a merger of the above to sub analysis leads to the final

adjusted demand.

3.3 Internal Parking

Circulation Plans are the main aspects while analyzing the internal traffic flow of a project. The

estimation of parking demand which will be generated by the building and development of its

comparison with the provided parking supply. (Parking Supply and Demand Comparison)

3.4 Geometrical Features

Parking is provided to facilitate the users, access to the basements parking is provided through a

ramp at ground floor.

3.5 Parking Supply

The following parking stalls are provided for the residential zones and commercial zone in

proposed development which are mentioned in the table below;

Parking supply of proposed building

Parking Supply

Floor Details Car MC

Basement (Commercial) 97 248

First Floor of Blocks 319

Total Parking 416 248

3.6 Building Specific Survey

The proposed building is in planning phase; hence collection of onsite data is not possible.

Therefore, similar area parking survey technique is used in order to carry out parking surveys. The

residential parking requirements is estimated from the three similar building parking surveys. The

one survey is conducted at KDA scheme phase-2 apartments, having 2-bedroom apartments and

another survey has been conducted at AT-towers, having 3 and 4-bedroom apartments with

dining/drawing, and third survey is carried out at creek vista apartments having 5-bedroom

apartments with other amenities. The commercial parking requirements are estimated from the

commercial floor area of Dolmen Mall. These surveys are carried out to fully estimate the parking

factor for the projected building.

3.7 Estimation of Parking Demand

The proposed drawings are thoroughly studied and the apartments are categorized as 5-bedroom,

4-bedroom, 3-bedroom and commercial tower apartments.

The commercial parking requirements are estimated from the commercial floor area of Shopping

Mall while for residential parking estimation buildings with such apartments are considered for

similar area survey and factors developed from the surveys are projected to the proposed building.



3.8 Residential Parking Requirement

3.8.1 Parking Requirement for Zone A Apartment

The Zone A apartments having 5-bedroom apartments, similar building “Creek Vista Apartment” is

selected to observe the parking circulation and pattern in the building. The Parking generation

factor of 3.5 is estimated from the survey of Creek Vista Apartments.

3.8.2 Parking Requirement for Zone B and C Apartment

The Zone B and C apartments having 4 and 3-bedroom apartments, similar building “AT Tower” is

selected to observe the parking circulation and occupancy pattern. The AT-tower apartments have

108 residential apartments and 108 in-house parking stalls. But it was observed that the additional

50 cars are parked on street. So, the residential parking space per unit is 158/108=1.4625.

3.8.3 Parking Requirement for Zone D Apartment

To estimate parking requirement for Zone D apartments, KDA Scheme Phase-2, shadman town no.

1 apartments are considered. This apartment building comprised of 2-bedroom flats similar to the

proposed building. A factor of 1.1 for is evaluated through this survey.

3.9 Estimation of Residential Parking Demand

The parking demand of proposed building for residential units are shown in the table below,

Parking Demand for Residential

Zone Description Number of Apartments

Parking Factor

Parking Demand

A Duplex (5 Bed Apartment) 56 3.5 196

B 4 Bed Apartment 120 1.5 180

C 3 Bed Apartment 180 1.5 270

D Tower Commercial 100 1.1 110

Total Parking Stalls Required 756

No. of Cars= 84% of Total Parking Stalls 635

No. of MC= 16% of Total Parking Stalls x 4 484

3.10 Commercial Parking Requirements

The commercial parking requirements are estimated from the commercial floor area of Dolmen

Mall Hyderi. It was evaluated through the survey that 01 passenger car is required for 702sq. ft. of

commercial area and 01 Motor cycle is required 333 sq. ft of commercial area.

3.11 Estimation of Commercial Parking Demand

The parking demand of proposed building for Commercial units are shown in the table below;



Parking Demand for commercial

Parking Demand

Floor Tower Description

Commercial Area (sq. ft)

Parking Factor

Parking Demand

Car MC Car MC

Ground G Commercial 27471.83 702 333 39 82

1st-3rd G Commercial (Shopping Mall) 94080 702 333 134 283

Total 173 365

3.12 Comparison of Supply and Demand

The parking stalls are provided for the proposed development and parking demand is estimated

for the project will be compared, to assess the parking stalls efficiency or deficiency in the

development.

The calculations below are showing the supply and demand of parking in the proposed building.

Comparison of supply and demand

Description Car MC

Supply 416 248

Demand 808 849

Deficiency 392 601

The above analysis represents that the available parking space is of 416 cars and 248 Motorcycles.

Whereas the estimated parking demand is of 808 cars and 849 Motorcycles, concluding that there

is a deficiency of 392car and 601 MC parking in the facility. The huge deficiency is observed in the

parking supply, the parking floor should be increase to cater the need of parking in the proposed

development.

3.13 Access Gate Performance Analysis

The approach gate performance majorly depends on the number of trips a facility is attracting or

producing. The trips will be generated from the proposed building, is calculated with the help of

arrival and departure flow rates of the similar nature buildings. The trips generated by project is

based on five step which are;

• Step 1: Arrival and Departure flow rates of residential and commercial units

• Step 2: Parking Demand of Project

• Step 3: Maximum Trips by similar building

• Step 4: Maximum Parking by similar building

• Step 5: Maximum Trips by proposed development



3.13.1 Step 1: Arrival and Departure Flow Rates

The arrival and departure flow rates of commercial and residential units are calculated through

arrival and departure flow survey, their total flow rate is computed to generate the trips at peak.

The chart will show the peak time and peak trip generation of vehicles in the chart below;

Arrival and Departure flow of Commercial and Residential units

3.13.2 Step 2: Parking Demand of Project

The parking demand of project is used to evaluate the trips of proposed development with the

help of arrival and departure flow rates of similar building and parking demand of project.

Parking Demand of Project

Description Car MC Total

Demand 808 849 1657

3.13.3 Step 3: Trips by Similar Building Survey

The total of arrival and departure flow rates are calculated to estimate the maximum parking of

similar building survey and project. The calculations are shown in the table below;

Trip generated by Similar Building Arrival and Departure Flow rates

Time Trips (Arrival + Departure)

8:00 22

9:00 18

10:00 51

11:00 145

12:00 239

13:00 276

14:00 261

15:00 293

16:00 291

17:00 325

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

8:00 9:00 10:00 11:00 12:00 13:00 14:00 15:00 16:00 17:00 18:00 19:00 20:00 21:00 22:00 23:00

Arrival and Departure Flow Rates

Residential Arrival (veh/hr) Commercial Arrival (veh/hr) Residential Departure (veh/hr)

Commercial Departure (veh/hr) Total



18:00 327

19:00 337

20:00 368

21:00 370

22:00 345

23:00 296

Graphical representation of trip generation by similar building

3.13.4 Step 4: Maximum Parking by Similar Building

The maximum parking of similar building is calculated through the existing vehicles parked before

the start of survey and by difference of arrival and departure flow rates of that building. The

calculations are shown in the table below;

Max. Parking by similar building

Time Arrival (veh/hr.) Departure (veh/hr.) Total Max. Parking by Similar Building

8:00 10 12 22 403

9:00 5 13 18 395

10:00 35 16 51 414

11:00 119 26 145 507

12:00 147 92 239 562

13:00 158 118 276 602

14:00 157 104 261 655

15:00 178 115 293 718

16:00 158 133 291 743

17:00 191 134 325 800

18:00 173 154 327 819

19:00 165 172 337 812

20:00 177 191 368 798

21:00 181 189 370 790

22:00 153 192 345 751

23:00 101 195 296 657

Existing Vehicles = 405

3.13.5 Step 5: Maximum Trips by Project

The maximum trips are estimated with the help of maximum trips of similar building, parking

demand of proposed development and maximum parking of similar building. Through this

procedure, maximum trips of project can be calculated, as shown in the table below;

0

100

200

300

400

8:00 9:00 10:00 11:00 12:00 13:00 14:00 15:00 16:00 17:00 18:00 19:00 20:00 21:00 22:00 23:00

Tri

ps

Time

Trips generated by similar building



Trip Generation of Project

Time Max Trips by project

8:00 37

9:00 30

10:00 85

11:00 241

12:00 397

13:00 458

14:00 433

15:00 486

16:00 483

17:00 539

18:00 543

19:00 559

20:00 611

21:00 614

22:00 572

23:00 491

Graphical representation of Trip generation of project

The maximum trips generated from the proposed development are 614 at 21:00 pm. Through this,

it can be assumed that at 21:00, access gates will face the peak which means peak hour of proposed

development will be lies at 21:00. Whether, these trips will generate the impact on nearby

intersections or not, it would be predicted after analyzing the traffic conditions of nearby

intersections and their peak hours.

3.14 Access Gate Queue Length Analysis

Scenario based on the predictable consequences are developed and outcomes drawn from the

study of existing site geometry are evaluated collectively for the final evaluation of the expected

Queue Length at the access gates. Total 4 access gates are provided from the ground floor. The

traffic flow is two-way on access gates. Three different scenarios are considered to evaluate the

performance and level of effectiveness of access gate.

0

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

8:00 9:00 10:00 11:00 12:00 13:00 14:00 15:00 16:00 17:00 18:00 19:00 20:00 21:00 22:00 23:00

Tri

ps

Time

Trips generated by Project

Trips



Concise results are obtained from the examination of the scenario which is mentioned below;

3.14.1 Arrival Scenario 1:

For the first arrival scenario developed, the arrival rate taken for each type of vehicles (i.e. Car and

MC) are of 1 hr. peak arrival, 30 sec. /veh service time is taken to evaluate the access gate

performance in delays. Through all these factors maximum queue length (number of vehicles

queued at access gate) is estimated. The following results are obtained for both MC and car, which

are mentioned in the tables below;

Arrival Scenario 1 for car

ARRIVAL SCENARIO: 1

Subjected Vehicle= Car, Arrival period =1 hr., Service Time= 30 sec./veh

S. No. Description Statistics

1 Arrival Rate of Cars (veh/ hr.) 324

2 Arrival Period (3600 seconds in 1 hr.) 3600

3 95% of Total Generation (i.e. 324 Cars) 308

4 Service Time Required for 1 vehicle in sec. 30

5 Service Time Required for 308 Cars 9240

6 Expected Queue 188

7 Expected Queue per gate 47

Arrival Scenario 1 for MC

ARRIVAL SCENARIO: 1

Subjected Vehicle= MC, Arrival period =1 hr., Service Time= 30 sec./veh


1 Arrival Rate of MC (veh/ hr.) 290


3 95% of Total Generation (i.e. 290 MC) 275


5 Service Time Required for 275 MC 8250



It can be seen from the above analysis that; 47 Cars and 39 MC will be queued per access gate that

will create challenging situation to manage the queue with proper management techniques for the



From the arrival scenario 1, it is observed that if the service time allotted to each vehicle is reduced

then the queue length will be minimized. So, in the arrival scenario 2, the arrival rate taken for each

type of vehicles (i.e. Car and MC) are of 1 hr. peak arrival, 20 sec. /veh service time is taken to

evaluate the access gate performance in delays. Through all these factors maximum queue length

(number of vehicles queued at access gate) is estimated. The following results are obtained for

both MC and car, which are mentioned in the tables below;



Arrival Scenario 2 for car

ARRIVAL SCENARIO: 2



1 Arrival Rate of Cars (veh/ hr) 324







Arrival Scenario 2 for MC

ARRIVAL SCENARIO: 2








6 Expected Queue 95


It can be seen from the above analysis that, 32 Cars and 24 MC will be queued per access gates that

will require proper management techniques for the proposed development.


In the arrival scenario 3, the arrival rate taken for each type of vehicles (i.e. Car and MC) are of 1 hr.

peak arrival, 10 sec. /veh service time is taken to evaluate the access gate performance in delays.

Through all these factors maximum queue length (number of vehicles queued at access gate) is

estimated. The following results are obtained for both MC and car, which are mentioned in the

tables below;

Arrival Scenario 3 for Cars

ARRIVAL SCENARIO: 3



1 Arrival Rate of Cars (veh/ hr) 324





6 Expected Queue NO QUEUE

Arrival Scenario for MC

ARRIVAL SCENARIO: 3










6 Expected Queue NO QUEUE

It can be seen from the above tables that after reducing service time by proper management and

circulation of vehicles at each access gate, queue can be removed for the proposed development.



Chapter 4: Conclusion and Findings

The project is situated adjacent to Gulshan-e-Umair, in Deh Safooran. At the mid segment of

Safoora Chowrangi and Malir check post no.6. The project is 1.5 km away from the Safoora

Chowrangi while its 2 km away from the Malir check post. The study area lies in the Malir

cantonment zone. The drawings of the building infer that four zones are present in which zone A-

C is designated for residential units and Zone D is comprised of commercial and residential unit

both.

4.1 Inference

From the traffic circulation plan of proposed building on (Plot No.350, DEH Safooran, Malir

Cantonment, Karachi inferred from the evaluation that, internal parking requirements are

inadequate. Proper circulation and internal vetting of critical paths are needed to be addressed

through medium-to-large scale studies. The major outcomes of traffic circulation plans are

hereunder;

4.2 Parking Survey

4.2.1 Comparison of Supply and Demand

The summary chart of parking supply and demand suggests that the in-house parking provision is

inadequate for cars as well as for MC. The deficiency of parking slots for MC is up to 601 numbers

whereas for cars it is 392.

Supply and Demand comparison

Description Car MC

Supply 416 248

Demand 808 849

Deficiency 392 601

4.2.2 Access Gate Queue Length Analysis

Different scenarios are formed to evaluate the maximum queue length at the access gates. From

this analysis, it is found out that no queue will be formed when red effective is of 10 sec/veh and

arrival rate of car will be 324 while for MC it will be 290 at the access gate.

4.3 Major Findings

This circulation plan entails the all basic requirements of the traffic maneuvering in the proposed

building, but it will require medium-to-large level study. Because from this plan, the comparison

has been done between supply and demand, access gate analysis is also performed to get the

findings of maximum queue length. The major findings are enlisted hereunder to illustrate the

pronouncement of the circulation plan:

• From the reconnaissance survey, it is found out that the project has good connectivity from

inter-city roads as well as intra-city roads. Since, the project is located in the vicinity of Malir



and it has an area of approx. 4 acres. Major connected roads are namely; University road,

Jinnah Avenue, Saadi Road, Malir-Superhighway link road leads towards M9. The road network

is shown in the figure below;

Connectivity of roads

From this circulation plans, it is inferred that; the project is required detail study, this could be

happened when detailed surveys are performed to evaluate the existing condition of the study

area. When project generates a notable number of trips per hour then detailed assessment of the

traffic is required to predict the traffic growth in the surrounding area and observe its impacts.

Generally, Traffic Impact Study is done to cater the requirement of the large buildings and after

that traffic management plans are proposed.

• Since, the project is located in under developed area then impact of the project will be huge in

the influential contour because of less availability of necessities. The trips which will be

generated from the under developed area is longer than developed area.

• The survey conducted to evaluate the circulation plan and parking requirement is similar area

survey and it shows that we need at least two more similar area building parking surveys to

generate the exact proportion of the parking generation factor. One detailed parking survey

should be done to estimate the parking requirements, peak hour arrival and departure flow

accurately. For the same purpose, two residential and two commercial buildings of similar

characteristics need to be surveyed.

• When the project demand medium-to-large scale studies, the influential contours are

developed to find out the impact of proposed development in the neighborhood. For the

proposed development, the influential contour lies in between the Safoora chowrangi to

Jinnah Avenue. This is because the generated trips will pass through at least one of these

intersections and will create an impact on the intersection performance. The figure of targeted

contour area is attached below;



Influential contour for the project

• Extensive surveys will be required if the targeted contour is selected. The surveys for the

medium-to-large level studies are mentioned below;

o Traffic Count Survey at nearby Intersections

o Road Network Inventory Surveys

o Land-use Surveys

o Origin-Destination Surveys

o Special Generation O-D Surveys

o Transportation Surveys

▪ Bus Route Surveys

▪ Bus Frequency Surveys

o Parking Surveys

The outcomes of these surveys will be used to conduct relevant analyses in order to evaluate the

impact on the nearby intersections due to the traffic generated by project.

The parking adjustments will be carried out after detailed assessment of the project. This

evaluation will be preceded by estimation of relevant trip generation numbers of the proposed

development.

Adequate neighborhood improvement plans incorporating walkability for passengers, safe

distance between pedestrian & vehicle and aesthetically attractive realms maybe developed in the

detailed study. These plans will assure proper and managed maneuvering of pedestrian as well as

vehicular traffic.

Traffic management plans will be established after traffic impact study in which traffic

management team will be responsible for the management and operation of traffic internally and

externally for the project.



4.4 Recommendations

After analysis for the proposed development, some operative recommendations are drawn from

this traffic circulation plan which are mentioned below;

• The comparison between Parking Supply inventory and demand estimation of the proposed

project highlights that there is a prominent deficiency in the availability of parking stalls. There

should be an increase in parking floor to adjust the parking requirements for the proposed

development.

• Detailed analysis report elucidated that the estimated trip generation of the project is in



• Detailed and extensive surveys will be required in formation of detailed traffic impact study of

proposed development. Due to dimensional growth in this area, more traffic will be induced

which will be causing congestion on the surrounding road.

• It is suggested that detailed Traffic Impact Studies and Management Plans must be carried out

such that efficient mitigation measures maybe incorporated.

• There are four access gates are provided for the vehicular entrance, the graphical

representation is attached below for better understanding.

Access Gates for the proposed development

• From the above figure, it is suggested that three access gates should be allotted for residential

units because in proposed development three zones are demarcated for residential purpose.

While, one access gate at University road (towards Safoora Chowrangi) should be demarcated

for commercial purpose access which is zone D.

• Since, the project will be generating 614 trips at peak hour, hence to minimalize the traffic




road signalized T-Intersection is proposed. The geometry shows that there could be signalized

T-Intersection on Primary roads which leads towards the project as shown in the figure below;

Provision of Signalized Tee-Intersection on two surrounding roads

• Residential parking is provided on residential zone which is Zone A, B, and C. Similarly,

commercial parking is assigned on commercial zone D. This will assist in efficient circulation of

traffic separating the residential demand from commercial demand.

• Valet parking should be provided to commercial users to properly manage the traffic providing

ease to the driver and better internal maneuvering.

• The project lies at the location which connects the surrounding roads to Safoora chowrangi, to

manage the peak hours one lane in front of project should be assigned for vehicular access or

drop off while remaining lanes should be assigned for through movement as mentioned below;



One lane is designated for project access and parking while other lane is designated for through

movement

• Furthermore it is suggested that the road in front of the project which connects two branches

of university road (marked by red rectangle) should be converted into one-way road for better

maneuvering of the vehicular traffic.



• This same road is currently a two lane road with earthen shoulders on both sides. It is



• On University road, which is going towards Malir Cantt containing U-turn, for the better




traffic congestion caused due to project traffic will be minimized on U-turns during peak hours.

Proposed Geometrical Alteration for U-Turn movement

U-turn with storage lane



U-turn with storage and merging lane


Final Report

EMC Pakistan Pvt. Ltd Annex – VI

Annexure – VI

NOCs

Scanned by CamScanner

Documents

CREDIBLE DEVELOPERS PVT. LIMITED tech/wetransfer-750a5a... · 2019-10-08 · CREDIBLE DEVELOPERS PVT. LIMITED Final Report July 2019 Ref: EIA/01/08/19 EMC PAKISTAN PVT. LTD . 503,